97-1552Council Fffe # ��=�55�
Green Sheet # G� i S/
RESOLUTION
CITY OF SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA �3
Presented
Referred To
Committee Date
1 WHEREAS, the City of Saint Paul granted a cable television franchise to Continental Cablevision of Saint
2 Paul, Inc. which became effective May 11, 1984;
3 Wf3EREAS, the franchise required Continental Cablevision to construct and maintain a cable system comprised
4 of an institutional network and a subscriber network in the City of Saint Paul,
WHEREA5 the institutional netwark is required to meet certain technical standazds, including standards in
Section XV of the Company's application, FCC standards and industry standards,
7 WHEREAS, the Transfer and Franchise Modification Agreement of November 13, 1996 required that the
8 institurional network be tested to determine if it satisfied the Company's commitments in the Franchise
9 Documents with respect to the institufional netwark, including its obiigarion to provide an institutional network
10 that could be reliably used to provide high-quality bi-directional voice, video, and daxa transmissions among
11 multiple users, and support expansion of services and transmission capabilities as contemplated by the
12 Franchise Documents, including the need far reliable higher data rates and current and emerging technologies,
13 WHEREAS, the City and Continental Cablevision agreed in the Transfer and Franchise Modification
14 Agreement that Continental Cablevision would develop a Corrective Plan far the institutional netcvork and
15 submit this Plan to the City by Mazch 15, 1997 af the tests revealed improvements were necessary, and that
16 this Plan may require the Company to upgrade, rebuild, or replace the institutional network,
17 WHEREAS, the institutional network was tested in January 1997 in accordance with the Transfer and Franchise
18 Modification Agreement,
19 WHEREAS, Continental submitted a Corrective Plan on March 14, 1997 and the City Council found this
20 Conective Plan to be inadequate on May 14,1997 and
21 WHEREAS, Continental submitted a new Corrective Plan on December 17, 1997, and
22 WIIEREAS, City staff have reviewed this new Corrective Plan and have recommended it to the City Council,
23 now, therefore, be it
24 RESOLVED, that the City Council finds the December 17, 1997 Corrective Plan to be adequate to bring the
25 insitufional network into compliance with the applicable standazds.
q�-1ss2�
2
0
Yeas Na s Absent
Blakey �
Bostrom �
Collins �/
x��s ,/
Megard ,/
Morton ✓
Thune �
� O
8 Adopted by Council;Date ��, a� �`q�
9 Adoption Certified by Council Secretary
Requested by Department of:
�
Form Approved by Ciry Attomey
�
10 By���
I��, ,� Approved by Mayor for Submission to Council
11 Approved by MayorDate 4
12 By: � " T B��
�
GREEN SHEET
Gerry Strathman 266-8575
December 22, 1997
TOTAL # OF SIGPiATURE PAGES
q�-15�
No 62181
u��� u��-
❑ diYATTOMIEY ❑ QIYCtiNK
❑ w�xw�amxcrsoue. ❑ quxew.mm�ecro
❑r�ronlaa�wsrunl ❑
(CLIP ALL LOCATIONS FOR SIGNATURE}
�ss�x
Finding Continental Cablevision's Corrective Plan to be adequate to bring the ins6tutional network into compliance with
the applicable standards.
PLANNING COMMISSION
Cl8 COMMITTEE
CN{L SERVICE CAMMISSION
IF APPROVED
OF TRANSACTION S
Hat Nis P���m ever worked under e conbact farthis EePartmeM7
YES NO
Has this pa�soMfirm e�+er 4een a aty empbyee7
YES NO
Doesthis PersoMfifm D� a sfaN nat nwmalN�eee� bY �+Y curteM cdy employee?
YES NO
Isthia pelsOMm� atargeted veMOR
YES NO
COSTRtEVQ1UE BUDGEfm (GRCLE ONhj
YES NO
SOURCE ACTIVI7Y NUMBER
INFORWiION (IXPWN)
J/' •'%,
CORRECTIVE PLAN AGREEMENT
December 22, 1997
�t� - ISS �
� �-,a�
Whereas, the City of St. Paul and Continental Cabievision ("Company") entered into a
Transfer and Franchise Modification Agreement in November, 1996 (the "Transfer AgreemenP')
that required Continental Cablevision to submit a Cosective Pian for the Institutional Network,
and to implement that Corrective Plan by August 15, 1997; and
WHEREAS that Transfer Agreement required the company provide an Institurional
Network that could be reliably used to provide high-quality, bi-d'uectional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among multiple users, and that can support
expansion of services and transmission capabilities; and
WHEREAS, the City issued allotice of Violation to Continental Cablevision in
September based upon that agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties have now agreed upon a Corrective Plan that is intended to
accomplish the goals of the Transfer Agreement, which Plan is attached hereto; and
WHEREAS the parties have further agreed that the Institutional Network upgrade
described by the Plan shall be completed by a time certain;
=�
_,
`"� IT iS THEREFORE AGREED THAT:
The Corrective Plan consists of the document entitled "Corrective Plan" and all
the attachments thereto.
2. The City accepu the Conective Plan in full satisfaction of Company's obiigation
to submit a Corrective Plan under Section 4 of the Transfer Agreement. The City
further agrees to rescind the Notice of Violation, so there is no outstanding Notice
of Violation. These agreements aze subject to the follov��ing. Company agrees
that it will comply with all its obligations under the Corrective Plan, and agrees
that each obiigation shall be fully enforceable against it, notwithstandin� any other
provision of federal, sate, or local 1aw that might othercvise preempt or limit the
enforceability of a particulaz requirement. If Company ever raises as a claim or
defense, directly or indirectly, that any part of the Corrective Plan is invalid or
unenforceable, then the City's acceptance of the same, and its rescission of the
Notice of Violation, will be nul] and void, as if the same had never occurred.
3. In the event of a conflict between the Corrective Plan, and the obligations of the
Company w�ith respect to the Institutional Network set out in Appendix H, SeMion
2 and Section 3, the Corrective Plan shali control. Company's obligations aze not
K
limited by implication. By way of example and not lunitation, Company's
obligations with respect to the CityLink are not affected by the Corrective Plan.
By way of example and not limitation, the Institutional Network technical
performance standards set forth in Section XV of the application for a franchise
that is incorporated into Append'vc H by reference are intended to be superseded
by the Corrective Plan. The parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix
H as aze appropriate to reflect this understanding, and to reflect the obligations
imposed by the Corrective Plan, including by incorporating this Agreement and
the Cosective Pian by reference into Appendix H. Pending incorQoration of this
Agreement into Appendix H, without lnniting the other provisions of this
Agreement, the City shall have ali remedies available to it that it would have, had
this Agreement and the Corrective Plan already been incorporated into Appendix
H. Any breach of this Agreement and the Corrective Plan wili also constitute a
breach of ihe franchise. During the upgrade of the Institutional Network, existing
obligations under Appendix H wi11 continue to apply until the upgraded system is
completed and operating at a particulaz location.
4. The Corrective Plan will be interpreted in the light most favorable to the City. In
the event of a conflict between portions of the Plan, the provision of most benefit
to the City will controi.
5. The parties agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of Appendix H, if the
Company fails to complete construction and activation of the upgraded
Institutional Network to the standazds set forth in the Corrective P1an by August 1,
1948, then Company will be deemed to be in default of its obligations under its
Franchise and this Agreement. Provided, however, that the time for completion
wiIl be extended if the Company files for permits and site authorizations required
from the City within the time limits set forth in the Corrective Plan, and the City
fails to act upon the permit requests and site authorizations submitted bv the
o.m anv within 30 days. The extension wili be for one day for every day after 30
that the City fails to act upon the permit requests for that part of the Corrective
Plan affected by the City's failure to act. The City, without providing any
opportunity to cure, may impose any remedy or take any action that it could ta};e
under the Franchise or this Agreement after having provided full notice and
oppommity to cure (including drawing upon the security provided for herein).
Provided, however, that the City will not take any such action without providing
the Company notice that it intends to act, the reasons why it is believed that the
Company is in defauIt, and providing the Company, in lieu of hearing
requirements that might otherwise apply, 15 days to show to the City's
satisfaction that it in fact is in full compliance with the Corrective Plan. The
notice may be provided by letter from the Cable Communications Officer. The
parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix H as may be required to
implement this provision.
2
d�'} -1 S j 2--
! 2-,�-��
6. The parties agree that this Corrective PIan is intended to address obligations of the
Company arising under its existing Franchise. It is not intended to establish the
requirements fot a renewal franchise, nor does the acceptance of this Corrective
Plan constitute an admission or evidence that the upgraded Insritutional Network
will reasonably satisfy the future cable-related needs and interests of the City.
The parties fiuther agree that there is nothing in the Corrective Plan that
constitutes a franchise fee within the meaning of federal, state or local law.
7. The parties agree that the Corrective Plan is in the nature of a settlement related to
existing obligations. The parties stipulate that implementation of the Corrective
Plan will not result in a zate increase to subscribers.
8. The upgraded Institutional Network shali continue to be available for use at no
charge to the City and its authorized Users and the ongoing obligations of the
Company under the Conective Plan shall continue, until or unless a renewal
franchise or replacement franchise goes into effect.
9. No later than January 15, 1948, the Company shall deliver to the City an
irrevocable Letter of Credit in the principal amount of $500,000, in a form and
from a surety acceptable to the City and payable to the City upon demand, upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Corrective Plan.
The Company shall, at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit,
deliver to the City a replacement for the Letter of Credit meeting these same
requirements and in a form and from a surety acceptable to the City, if the City
has not confirmed completion of the activities required by the Conective Plan 30
days prior to the expiration of the original Letter of Credit.
Provided no Event of Default has occurred and not been fully cured as pro��ided in
the Corrective Plan, upon confirmation of completion by the City, the City shall
surrender the Letter of Credit to the Company.
10. Por the purposes of Section 9 above, the following shall be "Events of Defaulr'
under this Agreement and the Corrective Plan, and the term "Event of Default"
shall mean whenever it is used in this Agreement or the Corrective Plan any one
or more of the following events:
a. failure by the Company to meet the deadline for completion of the
Institutional Network upgrade; or
b. failure by the Company to observe or perform any other covenant,
condition, obiigation or agreement on its part to be observed or performed
under the Agreement or Corrective Plan and the continuation of such
failure for a period of 15 days after written notice of such failure.
SIGNED AND AGREED TO THIS day of December, 1997
F CI OF .PAUL
�
YpR
� �`
DI�TO OF FINANCIAL SBRVICES
SIGNED AND AGREED TO THIS day of December, ] 997
FOR CONTINENTAL CABLEVTSION OF ST.
PAUL, INC.
�.�� ��
BY:
ITS: d�t.� ��s'+q�-��• t oP_uct�—c�oti:,— r�nrt
December 20, 7 997 ( I 0:54AM)
version 6
�
�
�,�-��sa--
��►a�-���
CORREC'PIVE PLAN
December 18,1947
i
2.
Insritutional Network.
a. Company shall upgrade its Institurional Network pursuant to the design and
construction schedule set forth in this Corrective Plan and the attachments to it,
which sha11 be incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part hereof.
The Institutional Network upgrade shall commence with the process of initiai
application by Company for pernuts and site authorizations by January 15, 1998.
Construction of the upgrade shall be completed by August 1, 1948, unless the
time for completion is extended in accordance with the Corrective Plan
Agreement between the parties. The construction schedule is set forth in
Attachment G hereto. Within thirry (30) days after complefion of Institutional
Network upgrade construction, aii acceptance testing shall have been completed
as fiuther described in Attachment 2-E. City co�rmation of the Institutional
Network upgrade shall be provided in writing to Company in accordance with
Attachment 2-F. The Insritutional Network shall continue to be interconnected
with the subscriber network, except where specifically noted otherwise.
Upgrade Institutional Network Design and Equipment:
�
a. The upgraded Institurional Network shall be of hybrid-fiber coaxial (HFC) design
consisting of 15 interconnected segments. The 15 segments of the Institutional
Network will result from 13 optical fiber trunks (each with no more than 10
amplifier cascades) and two coaxi�l cable trmilcs (each with no more ihan 14
amplifier cascades) and wili include appropriate switching, all as described
generally in Attachment 2-A hereto and, more specifically, an the design set forth
on Attachment 2-B hereto. In addition, the Institutional Network will include two
links refened to below as "Connecting Links." The first is a direct optical fiber
link between City Hall and Company's Aeadend located at 1 I40 Sixns Avenue.
This link, which includes a fiber link from the City Hall to the router at the
Headend, and a link from the City Hali Annex to the Ethernet switch at the
Headend, is more particulazly described in the attachments hereto. Company also
shall place and dedicate 12 single mode fibers and 12 muiti mode fibers dedicated
for City use between City Hali Annex and the Pubiac Safety Annex located in
downtown St. Paul, as generally described on Attaohment 2-A hereto and
consistettt with its design reflected on Attachment 2-B hereto.
b. Basic equipment to be provided by Company and utilized in the upgraded
Insfitutional Network is as set forth in Attachment 2-C hereto. The list contains
the basic model identafication and several general categories described with terms
such as generic or misceilaneous. The total group of equipment, cable, hardware �
and associated items which the Company actually installs wili contain various
additional items and modules that aze not specificalIy listed. However, the
Campany will provide all equipment, modules, cable, connectors, hardware, and
any additional items needed to have a totatly operational Institutional Network
that is in full compIiance with the operational standards set forth herein. The
Company is responsible for maintaining and replacing as necessary any equipment
that it provides or has provided that is to be used in the upgraded Institutional
Network. The Corrective Plan is to result in an Institutional Network that can be
reliably used to provide high-qualiry, bi-directional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among mvltiple users, and that can
support expansion of services and transmission capabilities.
c. Consistent with Attachment 2-C hereto, Company shall provide requisite
transport switching, modulator and demodulator equipment sufficient to faciIitate
a Channelization Plan as set forth in Attachment 2-D hereto. It is understood that
the Channeli7ation Plan wi21 change over time based on specific utilization by
institutions. The City may alter the Cfiannelization Plan so long as it does not
interfere with the use of the channels reserved for Company's use, ar the pilot and
control channels described in the Channelization Plan.
d. The Company is not required to interconnect the f�ber connecting the City Hall
Annex and the Pubiic Safety Annex to the other portions of the Institutional �
Network, but the City may do so. The fibers provided will be "dark fibers." City
shall provide anc! be responsible for any transmission, end user, or terminal
equipment reQuired for utilization of the City HaII Anne�Public Safety Annex
I�n__,_k described herein.
e. Institutional users may add equipment at any time, upon providing Company
sia�ty (60) days advance written nofice, and subject to the approvai of the
Company to ensure that the equipment to be attached to the system will not
interfere with the technical performance of the network for which it is responsible.
Approval will not be unreasonably withkeld, and will be deemed granted if the
Company does not disapprove of the attachment within 60 days of notice. No
approval is required for attachment of equipment in connection with the
Institutional Network upgrade.
f Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the longest cascade
(or, if appropriate, based on consultation with the City, the user locatioa furthest
from the Headend in any given "Segment" or run) from the Headend for each (29)
of the primary trunk segments off each OTN. In additian, each of the OTN's and
Power Supply locaflons shall be monitored. This approach results in 13 monitors
at OTN locations, 29 monitors on coaxiai segments off the OTN locations and 3
I
�
�.� � � � a�
� monitors on coaxial only segments plus 71 power supply locations. The exact
location of the monitors shall be jointly planned by the Company and city to
provide the greatest benefit to the City user community. This is consistent with
that generally demonstrated on Attachment 2-E hereto and as more specifically
demonstrated on the design at Attachment 2-B hereto. In addition, status
monitoring will be deployed at the Headend. C(W carriers utilized for status
monitoring will aiso be installed at every longest cascade on each leg of the
upgraded Insritutional Network in order to facilitate testing and monitoring of the
return path.
g. When fiber or coaYial cable and associated equipment is being installed, replaced
or relocated as part of the upgrade within a location, the cable and equipment shail
be brought to a point or points within the location designated by the location.
3. Maintenance, Performance Standards and Testing.
a. Company shall be responsible for the ongoing maintenance and performance of
the upgraded Institutional Network from a Demarcation Point through the
network, including the Headend.
b. The I?emazcation Point will be as follows:
i. For the Connecting Link between the City Hall Annex and the Public
� Safety Annex, the termination point of the fiber, which shall be at a point
designated by the City within those buildings.
ii. For the Connecting Link between the City Hall and the Headend,
(1) the Demarcation point for the fibers from the City Hall Annex to
the Headend shall be the Ethernet switch, wsth the Company being
responsible for that switch;
(2) the Demarcation point for the link furthest from the City Hall to
the Headend shall be the modulators in City Hail used to place
signals on the link, with the Company being responsible for those
modulators.
iii. For the remainder of the Institutional Network that is being upgraded as
part of this pian, the Demazcation Point will be the point within the
location where the Institutional Network connects to the internal
distribution system of that location, or to the signal processing devices that
place the signal on the Institutionai Network (modulators or modems),
whichever is closest to the Headend, and not including the device except
as described below. Provided, however, that an Insfitutional Network
User may elect to make the Demarcarion Point the outside of the building,
in which case Company will ensure that it can test at the outside of the
buiIding for compliance with the requirements of the Conective Plan. If �
an Institutionai Network User does not elect Yo establish the Demarcation
Point at ti�e outside of the building, then the Company reserves the right to
charge the User Company's costs for service calls that result from Users
moving or othenvise abusing the interior connections for which the
Company is respoasible.
c. Company wiil aiso be responsible for ongoing maintenance and performance and
replacement of any equipment that it provides or has provided, whether located
behind the Demazcation Point or not.
d. Company wiil not charge municipal and non-commercial public sector users of
the dedicated bandwidth for maintaining or operating that portion of the network,
including uansport network connections between the Institutional Network, the
subscriber network and Citylink, 9r for the ongc�ing maintenance performance
and reDlacement of �umeni that it i� obiigated to orrr,. Users shall be
responsibie for aii standazd maintenance beyond the Demarcation Point and
maintenance of a11 end user or institution-owned equipment, except as described
above.
e. Commencing with completion of consttuction of the upgraded Institutional
Network, Company shall implement the maintenance program set forth in
Attachment 2-F hereto. Commencing with completion of conshuction of the �
upgraded Institutional Neiwork, Gompany shali assure compliance with the
performance standards, measuring techniques, and testing set forth therein,
including the reliability staudazds.
4. Capacity available to the City.
a. The Ciry or its designated Users will have the exclusive use of the Connecting
Links. With respect to the other portions of the Institutional Nehvork upgraded as
part of this Corrective Pian, the Compa,ny wiil make available all existing
Institutional Network frequency spectrum bandwidth in each upstream and
downstream category to municipal and noncommercial public sector uses, to be
used at the city's discretioa to the e�ent such capacity is not currently utiIized by
Company for providing commercial services. If the Institutionai Network's
bandwidth is increased, fifly (50) percent of any increased bandwidth will be
dedicated to municipal and noncommerciai public sector uses pursuant to a
mutually acceptable channeliration plan. 'Fhere will be full interconnection
between the Instihrtional Netwark and the remote origination points on it, the
teleconference capacities (if any} of the Institutional Network and the subscriber
network, and technical assistance will be provided in using Yhe interconnection.
Institutional Network capacity wili be provided at no charge. The Company will
0
��
� maintain and operate the Institutional I�3etwork from the Demarcation Point
through the network, including the Headend, and will not charge municipal and
noncommercial public sector users of the dedicated bandwidth for maintaining or
operating that portion of the network, including transport network connections
between the Institutional Network, the subscriber network and city link. The
current spectrum used by the Company's commercial users is 12 MHZ in the
forwazd path and 12 MHZ in ihe reverse path.
5.
s
';�
Non Commercial Use. The limitations on noncommercial use shall e�end to the
upgraded Institutional Nerivork, including the Connecting Links.
Free Drops.
a. As part of the upgrade, the Company will provide an Institufional Netwark drop to
every location that has an Instiiurional Network drop or had an Institurional
Network drop at any time prior to December 1, 1997. There will be no charge for
these drops. T'he Company is not required to provide a drop to a location that
does not desire a drop.
b. The Company shall provide, upon written request, one free subscriber and/or
Institutional Network coasial drop as appropriate to each public and private
school, public library branch, police and fire station, community center and public
building and to such other institutions as the city may reasonably request from
time to t3me, as set forth in Appendix H, Article I, Section 12.c. except that the
Company is only required to provide Institutional Network drops to a facility that,
at the time the request is made, is adjacent to the then-existing Institutional
Network path (regardless of specific accessibility); provided that, if a requesting
location had been passed by the Institutional Network prior to the upgrade, it will
be treated as passed by the Institutional Network after the upgrade .
c. Basic service will be provided free of charge with each free subscriber network
drop path (regazdless of specific accessibility}.
Implementation and Management. City shall be entifled to make final decisions and is
solely responsible for making final decisions with respect to allocataon of the channel
capacity on the Institutional Network and for managing issues of use and resolving ail
disputes that may arise between Users.
8. Payment. No later than January l5, 1998, Company shall make a payruent to the City in
the amount of $280,�00 to be used, at CiTy's discretion, for any Institutional Netwark
purpose (including by way of example and not limitation, for purchase and depioyment of
modems and internal wiring, and operational support).
�55�
���aa-f 9?
�
Confirmation. Upon confirmation of Institutional Network upgrade by Ciry as provided �
in the attaclunents hereto, the Company shall be deemed in compliance with all prior or
curtent Institutional Network obligations under the Franchise, and City sha�l have no
claim of any prior violation or default of any such obligation.
I0. Alterafion of Cabte System. If the Company alters its Cable System, or moves its
Headend so that the Iastihrtional Network must be changed, or additional equipment and
facilities aze required to prevent any change in the quality of service or additional costs to
the Institutional Network Users, the Comgany must make the chauges or otherwise act to
ensure that the change in its plant in no way affects the Institutional Network or the use of
iY by the City or the City's anthorized users.
0
.
�
L_�
�
�
ATTACHMENT 2-A
Overall Upgraded Institutional Network Topology
The original Institutional Network wiil be reconfigured to be a series of independent
segments radiating out from the existing Headend. In the upgraded Institutional
Network, each segment wf ll be independent from every other segment. Each segment
will be composed of the following typical components:
��-)SS�
��(,a
j��
• Headend passive and active devices such as spiitters, combiners and amplifiers. This
will allow equipment at the Headend to attach to each segment of the system.
• Optical equipment. A set of optical transceivers wi11 run from the Headend to each
OTN (Optical Transition Node).
� Coaxial based equipment. Coaxial cable and amplifiers will be used to implement the
last links in the cable to the user locations.
The system design calls for thirteen OTN locations. Fiber links will start at the Headend
location and connect to each OT'N. Coaxial amplifier cascades beyond each OTN will be
a maximum of ten devices.
Two segments leaving the Headend wili remain coaxial based. These coaxial segrr�ents
wili serve the users near the Headend facility. The maximum cascade on the coaxial
segments will be fourteen devices.
In addition, there will be two fiber connecting links:
• An activated fiber connection to the Headend consisting of the following
(collectively described in this corrective plan as the City Hall to Headend 3ink):
1. A fiber connection from the City Hail connected to the Headend at the
Institutional Network router; and
2. A fiber connection from the CiTy Hali Annex to the Headend Ethemet switch.
. A dark fiber connection from the City Hall Annex to the Public Safety Annex.
All obligations of the Company that apply to other portions of the Institutionai Network
also apply to these connecting links, uniess otherwise indicated.
The Institutional Network (including the connecting links other than the dark fiber links)
will include all necessary equipment so that frequencies on each segment can be reused
on each other segment to provide maximum capacity and flexibility for users.
Attachment 2-A-1
Revised December 19, 1997
The foliowing drawing illustrates this confrguration:
�
�
I Y
� � � \ o I R
\ < + U /
\\ � � �
o � :�
i +
, \ \ �+`''� � � Uom
� 6
\ � y �
f. P_
_ �ib 7 ti `� r .-
<i v �
�4 � � K
C� zL.nk � Go ���.o
�'�� F �b
_ �Cink
V��
fe
Coax Link Fiber Link
�---- t Headend - -�y------�
piber li�k — — —
Coax LmK Coax Unk
�
� �
_ —'"'� �
�
� �� � � F C oakt', � � \ \ �
v '�� 6 Pi� ��
. y- •p - rt P �'O
0f� � � � ,F
G ° i r- f �
\
/ / F C O \
�/ C � d+ \�
Uoa / � °' � ` ��6
\
Y� �
/� � � j, �
x �
� � I
F '
�
�
�
Attachment 2-A-2
Revised Decembec I4, 1997
�
�
Retrotit for the Schoo! Network
a �-�5s a--
t �-������
The school configuration of the original Institutional Network for data transmission and
reception is based upon the Zenith Ethemet modems and is constmcted as one large
network throughout the City. This topology will be changed in the upgraded Institutional
Network to reflect the new configuration of the INET system. Zenith translators and
remodulators will be added to each segment of the cable system to support the existing
Zenith equipment that is currentiy in use. An Ethemet switch will be placed at the
Headend to link each of the remodulators on each segment to provide the same City wide
network structure.
The following i]]ustration shows the proposed logicai configuration for this network:
Cable
Trunks
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Ethernet
Switch
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
ftemod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Cable
Trunks
The Ethernet switch located in the Headend will be the link that allows the individual
network segments to communicate as a single netwark.
The following drawing shows a more detailed description of the interconnection of each
of the segments in tbe system io the Ethernet switch:
Attachment 2-A-3
Revised Decenaber 19, 1997
Q
aao
2en@� Motlem Coax Link
�___'
Fih2r Link
1 �
remodulators —�
PC with con4ol
Software
Ethernet
Switch
T
Q
A
�
s
x
1
1
oo. �
Zentth Modem '
PC
The configuration of each of the end user locations will not need to change during the
reconfiguration process. The manner of connection at the Headend will change as the
Institutional Network is segmented from one large network into, essentially, $fteen
smaller and independent networks.
The PC with control software tl�at the Company will provide wi11 be set up so that it can
be programmed remotely by multiple users authorized by the City. The PC will be
accessible via a phone connection provided by the Company, either directty or through
the Tntemet, at the City's option.
�
�
�
�
Ariachment 2-A-4
Revised Decembet 19, 1997
�
�
Distance Learnsng and Video Based Links
����
12-��a�
Video functions will be enhanced as part of the upgraded Institutional Network in order
to ailow television to be used more effectively on the system at all sites. Each end user
location will be required to have several pieces of equipment:
• A modulator that will allow locally generated programming to be placed on a
particular channel for distribution throughout the system.
• A demodulator (television set) will allow the viewing of the programming.
A video and audio router (commoniy called a video router) will allow for the dynamic
distribution of television programming. It wili be integrated with the residential network
program routing and switching facilities to pennit programming to be routed to and from
the Institutional Network. The programmable video router will facilitate the routing of
video information between multiple segments in the upgraded Instihitional Network
shouid such appiication be undertaken.
The configuration of the Headend is shown in the following illustration:
Video
SOUCC@
lN
cematlulAlw
Dpmo0l�lalor
Demodulalw
Demodula�w
Demoaulalor
Demoewamr
cemoama,c,
Demoaulamr
Modulator
Moduiator
Modulator
Modulator
Moduiator
Modulator
Modufalor
Modulator
�/idE'.O
programming
out to all
cabie trunks
40X3��ach Video has a
Video ��nk to the router
Router
r
Attachment 2-A-5
Revised December 19, 1497
Appropriate modulators and demodulators will be provided to accommodate the
utilizaizon of multiple video channels. Standalone demodulaYors will be used to remove �
the programming from a particutar source and feed it to a video router and a moduiator
tl�at wi11 place the programming on segments of the Institutional Network. The router can
allow the switching of the programming to one or more modulators for @istribution
through the network should configuration need to be changed in ihe future. The video
router is driven by a PC with scheduling soflware that can be programmed remotely by
multiple users authorized by the City. This software will allow for the advance setup of
program times and channels on a one time sessions or repeat basis. The PC wiII be
accessible via a phone connection provided by the Company either directiy or through the
Intemet, at the City's option.
The typicai end to end configuration of a video link is shown in the foilowing illustration:
�
��
L
Attachment 2-A-6
Revised December 19, 1997
� �-1SS�
��(a� ��'
�
Video
Modulator
Coax Link Fiber Link /
��{� y � \ � } � y {��� , }— r / y ,�
' _ _ V V' V �`•'-�
l
Demodu{ator
Y
C
J
�
LL
� -
� X
� O
I �
�
Demodulator
(�)
PC wit� control
Software
�
L.�I
Video
Router
I � Modufator
f--- Splitter
x
c
�
v
a
LL
Y
I �
1 x
� U
�
Remodulator
(N)
One feed in the system will have unique characteristics. A separate fiber optic cable will
be run from City Hall to the Headend location. This will facilitate severai channels of
City programming originated from City Hall to be distributed throughout the network. A
detailed description of this fiber optic link is set forth at page 2-A-9 of this Attachment 2.
City Data Network
The City wide data network wili be redesigned as part of the upgraded Institutional
, Network. The City data network wiil be based upon available cable modems with speeds
ranging from four megabits to as high as thirty megabits per second on each segment of
Attachment 2-A-7
Revised December 19, 1997
the system and 100 Mbps on the connecting link to the City Hal1 Annex. An Ethernet
switch wili be used to combine each of the individual links into one comprehensive �
system. The diagram on the following page iilustrates the topology of this network:
C i
Tr
Cable
Tru n ks
�
ServQr
�
Attachment 2-A-8
Revised December 19, 1997
� Data from the local segments of the system will be linked at the Headend to an Ethemet
switch. This switch will logicaliy link each segtnent of the system in order to integrate
the system. The swatch has a one hundred megabit port that will be used to connect to
another Ethemet switch located in the City Hali Annex over a fiber optic link. The
�
overali effect of this configuration is:
The Headend switch integrates this traffic into a single high speed 1ink. High
performance servers can 6e placed on tfiis network in the City Hali Annex to serve the
data requirements of many of the user communities.
• The Ethemet switch has the capacity to allow the segmentation of the network into
multiple ten megabit Ethemet networks, should the institutions undertake such
utilization.
This equipment wiil facilitate development of Virtual LANs down to the individual
segment of the system, should the institutions undertake such utilization.
Detailed description of City Hali to Headend fiber optic link
A fiber optic cable will be run between City Hall and the Institutional system Headend.
Three fibers wiU be available in this cabie for City initially activated to perform tbe
following functions:
i fiber analog FM video support
2 fibers city daTa network support
Active equipment wiil be placed at each end of the cable. dne link will support the
transport of three video channels from City Hall to the Headend router. 'I'he other link
will connect the 100 Mbps ports on each of Che Ethernet switches, one for the City Data
Network at the Headend and a corresponding switch to be placed at City Hall Annex.
The following drawing illustrates this configuration:
a��- �SS�
i a-I�-a
AtYachmznt 2-A-9
Revised Decembar 19, 1997
Modulators °+►
City Ha(i
Annex
+—Demodutators
Headend
Detailed description of City Hail Annex to Public Safety Annex fiber optic link
Franchisee will install 12 Multimode and 12 singie mode fibers from a point disignated
by Che City in the City Hali Annex to a point designated by the City in the Public Safery
Annex. At each f�ber termination point, the Company wili instaII termination block
hardware including standard connectors to be designated by the City, appropriately
labe]ed, so that the City can connect the fiber to its network.
The following drawing illustrates this configuration:
patch panel
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Single mode
Fiber
Fiber Optic Cable
patch panel
.. .... .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
1
Multimode
Fiber
City Hall Annex
Attachmeat 2-A-10
Revised December 19, 1997
Public Safety Annex
�
�
Diagrams of the Headend Rack Gt�} -\ S 5`�`
l�-�a
� Following is an example of the layout for INET racks in the Headend. The rack contain
the following equipment:
1. Ethemet switch
2. Video router
3. Management PC
4. Outbound (fonvard channeis) modulators
S. Inbound (reverse channels) demodulators
6. Fiber optic transceivers for the City Hall link
7. Demodulators for the City Hall link
8. Fiber optic transceivers for each INET segment
9. Other equipment associated with the use or operation of ihe Institutional Network
cuw Eureme�s�wan
OulbpunG mpCUlators
VNC-0Swtich
�
FrEU Op�cTranscevvers
InhounG PerMdulabrs
4'�'�—�—''
SwnNProgremmrg
OuWOwd motlWabrs
DemoOwabrs br Qty Mall L�nk
Gty Hafl9ber IiM.
Notwithstanding the above example, all Institutional Network Headend equipment wiil
be assembled in a manner that is appropriate and accessible for making adjustments. The
actual Institutional Network Headend eqtupme��t layout will be subject to City approval
� upon completion and the City will be consuited on any future changes.
Attachment 2-A-1 I
Revised December 19, 1997
If Yhe City wishes to enhance the performance of Yhe Institulional Network (by, for
example, activating an additional data channel or equipment that permits it to perform .
additionai functions on connecting links), it may purchase the equipment to do so, and the
Company will insfall it and maintain it af the Headend.
Video and Audio Monitoriug
The existing test bay used to supporf the subscriber network will be used to monitor fhe
video on the Institutional Network for quality and troubleshooting.
�
r
�
Attachment 2-A-12
Revised December 19, 1997
�
�
�
ATTACHMENT 2-C
EQUIPMENT LIST
Location
i-NET
Transport Piant
Parts 8� Labor
Optical RC
Optical TXC
Status Monitoring-power supply
End Of Line Monitoring
Power suppiy
Thermai AGCs
0.750"coax
Coax Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Cable per mile
Splicing
Equipment Racks
Part Number
Phillips 817-1 FRX
Phillips 2102A-10-TX
Cheetah CMM3
Cheetah LC70�0
ALT200849
Phillips
Commscope P3-750
generic
generic
Siecor 18 fiber SM
Generic fiber splice process
Scientific Adanta RA-701924
Headend Equipment
Data Equipment
to retrofit school
Iinks
Optical RC
Opticai TXC
Misc. Ampslfilters
Status Monitoring
Stakus Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Demodulators FM
Modulatocs AM
Videolaudio Router, 40 X 32
Crestron management software
PC
Printer
Zenith Translator
Zenith Remodulator
Ethernet Switch
Phillips RDRX
Phillips 710-TX
Cheetah HE-1000
Cheetah HEG 3
Network Monitoring Software
Cheetah RPS
Synchronous VFMR-5000-12
SA 6350
Tahoe 40 X 32
Generic, Pentium with Win95
HP 400L DeskJet
Zenith LANNT-550-W-CE
Zenith LANREMOD-4M-44
Cisco 2926
HP Openview
CiscoWorks managemeM Software CWPG2.1-WIN-SMO
pC Generic, Pentium with Win95
�t� - lss�—
t 2
Qty
13
13
71
45
25
100
16�0
1
1
1
2Q8
4
13
13
1
1
1
1
1
30
9
1
1
1
1
15
15
1
1
1
1
Attachment 2-C-I
RevisedDecember S9, 1997
City data channei
Institutional N
LanCity provisioning server LGn
LanCity Transmaster LCt
LanCity Headend node
LanCity misceilaneous
Media Converters
Ethernet Switch
Modulators FM
Headend to City Nall Link
Video Equipment Demodulafors FM
Modulators FM
Link Materials Opfica! RX
Optical 7X
Fiber Cabie
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Ethernet Switch
�Media Converters
City Hali to Public 5afety Link
Fiber Cable
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
LanCity LCn
LanGity LCt
LanCify LCh
Nbase 100Mbps drivers
Cisco 2926
Synchronous VFMT-5�00-12
Synchronous VFMR-5Q00-12
Synchronous VFMT-5000-12
Phillips 817-'! FRX
Phillips 710-TX
Seicor
generic
Cisco 2926
Nbase 100Mbps drivers
Seicor buri2124 fiber SM/MM
generic
Although it is contemplated that the equipment listed herein wiii be used, company reserves the
right to substitute aiternative equivalenl equipment as necessary. Such equipment substitutions
will be subject to City approval, which wiil not be unreasonably withheld.
1 � 8
16
1
1
1
30
3
3
1
1
4.5
4.5
1
1
1
1
\_�
�
Attachment 2-G2
Revised December 19, 1997
�
�
�i
ATTACHMENT2D
CHANNELIZATION PLAN
Forward Video
Channei Carrier Functian
MHz
L (25) 22925 agc pilot
M(26) 235.25 Leakage
N(27) 24125 sch data 1
O(28) 24725 sch data 2
P(29) 253.25 Sch data 3
Q(30) 259.25 Institution
R(31) 265.25 Revisors
S(32) 271.25 Institution
T(33) 277.25 Institution
U(34) 283.25 lnstitution
V(35) 289.25 Institution
W(36} 29525 Cherokee
AA(37) 301.25 institution
BB(38j 30725 Institution
CC(39) 31325 Institution
DD(40) 319.25 Institut�on
EE(41) 32525 lnstitution
FF(42) 331.25 City data 1
GG(43) 33725 City data 2
HH(44) 343.25 agc pilot
Il(45) 349.25 City data 3
JJ(46) 355.25 City data 4
KK(47) 361.25 Institution
LL(48) 36725 institution
MM(49) 373.25 Institution
NN(50) 37925 Institution
00(51) 385.25 institution tv 1
PP(S2) 38125 institution tv 2
QQ(53} 397.25 Institution tv 3
RR(54} 403.25 ed tv 1
SS(55) 409.25 ed tv 2
TT(56) 415.25 ed tv 3
UU(57} 421,25 ed tv 4
W(58) 427.25 ed tv 5
WW(59) 43325 ed tv 6
XX(60) 439.25 government tv
YY(61) 445.25 government tv
Channel
Limits
M Hz
226-234
234-240
2A�-246
246-252
252-258
25&264
264-27Q
270-276
276-282
282-288
288-294
294-300
300-306
306-312
312-318
318-324
324-330
330336
336-342
342-348
348-354
354-360
360-368
3fi8-372
372-378
378-384
384-390
390-396
396-402
402-408
408-414
414-420
azo-azs
426-432
432-438
438-444
444-450
Attachment 2-D-1
Revised December 19, 1997
�*1-1
���aa-�q�
Return Channel �
Channel Frequency Function Limits
T7 7 pilot & cheetah
T8 13 Institution
T9 19 City data 1
T10 25 City data 2
T11 31 City data 3
T12 37 City data 4
T73 43 sch data 2
open 49 available
2 5525 sch data 4
3 6i 25 sch data 1
4 67.25 Cherokee
open NA open
5 7725 Revisors
6 8325 sch data 3
FM 88-90 fnstifution
FM(95) 90-96 Institution
FM(96) 96-102 Institution
FM(97) 102-108 lnstitutior�
A-2(98} 10925 fm tv 1
A-1(99) 115.25 fm tv 1
A(14) 92125 fm tv 2
B(15) 127.25 fm tv 2
C(16) 133.25 (nstitution
D{17) 139.25 institution
E(18j 145.2� govenment tv
F(19) 15125 pilot
G(20) 157.25 government tv
H(21) 163.25 instifution
1(22) 169.25 institution
5.75-T 1.75
11.75-17.75
17.75-23.75
23.75-29.75
29.75-35.75
35.75-4175
49.75-47.75
47.75-54
54-60
60-66
66-72
72-76
76-82
82-88
88-90
90-96
96-102
102-108
108-114
i14-120
120-12$
128-132
132-138
138-144
144-150
150-156
156-162
162-168
168-174
�
�
Attachment 2-D-2
Revised December 19, 2997
�
�
.
ATTACHMENT 2-E
STATUS MONITORING LOCATION EXAMPLE
���iss�--
a�������1
Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the longest cascade (or, if
appropriate, based on consultation with the City, the user location furthest from the
Headend in any given "SegmenY' or run) from the Headend for each (29) of the primary
trunk segments off each OTN. In addition, each of the OTN's and Power Supply
locations shall be mwiitored. This approach results in 13 monitors at OTN locations, 29
Attachment 2-E-1
Revised December 19, 1997
monitors on co�ial segments off the OTN locations and 3 monitors on coa�cial only
segments pIus 71 power supply locations. �
The exact location of the monitors shall be joinfly planned by the Company and City to
provide the greatest benefit to the City user community.
�
�
Attachment 2-E-2
Revised December 19, t997
�t� � 155a-
�
ATTACHR4ENT 2-F
MAINTENANCE PERFORMANCE
STANAARDS AND TESTING PROGRAM
j � � 2a � �1`�
�
A. MAINTENANCE
Additiottat D4aintenance Staffing
Company will designate two and one-half in-house or contractor staff equivalency
positions exclusively for the purpose of assuring high-quality preventive and ongoing
maintenance of the upgraded Institutional Network. These staff positions will be in
addition to the approximately 14 technical staff who wiil be available and have
responsibilities from time to time for vazious aspects of upgraded Institutional Network
performance
On-Call Support
Company wili provide technicai support 24 hours a day seven days per week. This will
be accompiished with "on-cail" technicians who ue scheduled to carry a pa�er and wili
respond to all pages within 30 minutes. This service will be directly available to ali
Upgraded Tnstitutional Network users. Network or data service support must be processed
by user through user's pre-designated "network manager" or point person before the
company's on-call technician is paged,
Company is responsibie for ensuring that all parts of ihe Tnstitutional Network from the
applicable Demarcation Point function properly and reliable, so that the network is fiilly
useable from each location. The Company is also responsible for maintaining and
replacing as necessary all equipment that it provides or has provided at end user premises
beyond the Demarcation Point, to this same end.
User's GroaplQuarterly Meetings
Company will reach out to each category of Institutional Network user and estabiish
"User's Groups" to be invited to meetings which wili convene at least once each calendar
quarter for the putpose of sharing ideas, suggesting improvements, voicing concems, and
receiving training on system changes or new equipment. These User's Group meetings
and relationships will assist Company in identifying maintanance issues eazly and shou]d
aiso enhance the user's understanding of the Upgraded Institutional Neiwork capabi]ities,
and thereby enhance or increase utilization.
Anachment 2-F-1
Revised December 19, i997
Service Call Processing and Tracking �
Company will set up mechanisms and procedares for all T-Net users to quickly and easily
reporE system trouble. These tronble or service calIs will then be documented, processed,
and completed in the same manner as subscriber calls. With this documentation witl
come monthly I-Net service call reports which will include a breakdown of reasons and
resolution as well as cal] handling efficiency.
Notwithstanding Yhe staffing, testing and equipment and response requirements set forth
herein, the Company will provide whatever in-house and/or contractor staff, spare and
equipment backup, test and maintenance equipment and whatever additional steps are
necessary to ensure that network performs reliably up to the applicabie standards,
including reliability standards and:
• Company will provide Institutional Network users the highest level of service,
reliability, repair and maintenance that is made available to any commercial or
residential user of the cable system.
• Institutional Network paths canying critical circuits (as identified by ihe City) shall
receive the highest priority in the Franchisee's repair program.
Retiability ,
The Institutional Network reIiability for all channels and transmission links beriueen any �
two Demazcation Points, plus equipment for which the Company is responsible at the
User premises shall meet or exceed 99.9%. This shall be taken to mean thaY fhe total
cumularive outage time at any activated Institutional Network User site shail not exceed
430 minutes over the period of one year. An outage is defined as any unscheduled event
that prevents the transmission of data, video or sound on any channels at the speeds or at
the standards set forth herein because of a failure of some portion of the path or the
equipment that the Company is responsible to maintain.
A failure caused by an electrical outage at the User site which prevents the User from
using ihe Ins[itutional Network or power for Institutional Network components shall not
be considered a failure. Outages of any kind caused by acts of God shall not be covered
under the definition of a faiIure. Normal system outages that have been scheduled in
advance by the Company with a designated representative of the City shall not be covered
under the definition of a failure.
At any time That any channel on the Tnstitufional Network is known to fall below the
technical standards set forth herein, actions shall be taken to restore the operation of the
network to the standards within 72 hours.
Attachment 2-F-2
Revised December 19, 199�
°4'1-1 SS2-
�
Network Frequency Response Sweep
�a�����
�
L
Ali active portions of the I-Net wiil be swept for frequency response in forwazd
(outbound) and return (inbound) bands every 12 months, or upon request of the City,
more frequently as may be indicated for specific problem solving, but in any event no
more than one additional network frequency response sweep per year.
B. STANDARDS AND TESTING
System Leakage Surveillance
The Company proposes to measure leakage using a generator placed at the Headend
location using a frequency of 235.2625 MHz transmitting with a level to match that of the
video carriers at the point of insertion into the system. The Company subscribes to the
NCTA Recommended Practices section I.G. pages l through 10 as it is a thorough and
well understood testing process. The procedure will provide a cableplant that will be
usable in all channels by identifying points of egress that could also be points of ingress.
The Signal Leakage Standard shail be 10 microvoltslmeter between the Headend and
Demarcation point for the frequencies in the forward and reverse directions.
These tests will be'done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Signai Leakage Perfom�ance (attached),
as referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.bQ1, 76.609(h),(1,2,3,4,5).
Proof of Performance Twice Annually
Proof of performance testing will be conducted on the I-Net two Times per year
equivalent to that specified by the FCC for subscriber networks. A minimum of ten test
point locations will be established where feasible throughout the system which are
representative of worst-case performance. A minimum amount of fifteen channels on the
forward, and tweive channels on the return shail be tested at each test point location. The
Technical Standards and Performance Testing listed below are specifically for
Continental Cablevision, St. Paul, I-Net System. Some of the testing procedures have
been modified to meet the specific needs of a High Split Return System. Company will
compiy with the following minimum standards and Yests:
The Combined Carrier to Noise Ratio Standard for this system will be 47 dB between
the Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the
forward portion combined with the reverse portion of the Institutional Network. This
inciudes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxiai Distribution System.
Attachment 2-F-3
Revised December 19, 1997
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active component on the
longest cascade, and aY an RF test point in the Head End, then standard logarithmic �
calculations wiil be used to combine the two test points. These tests wiil be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Gabie
Television System for Carrier to Noise Ratios (attacked), as referenced in the FCC
CFR section 4�, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(e).
• The Combined Composite Trip1e Beak Standard for this system will be 55 dB
between the Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of
the forward portion combined with The reverse gortion of the Institutional Network.
This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coa�rial Distribution SysTem.
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point a8er the last active on the longest
cascade, and at an PF test point in the Head End. Then, a standard logarithmic
calculation will be used to combine the two test points. These test will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cabie
Television System for Comgosite Triple Beat (attached), as referenced in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
• The Combined Composite Second Order Standard for this system will be 58 dB
between the Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of
the forward portion combined with the reverse portion of the Institutional Network.
This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial Distribution System. �
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest
cascade, and at an RF test point in the Head End. Then, a standard logarithmic
calculations will be used to combine the twa test points. This test will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable
TeIevision System for Composite Second Order (attached), as re£erenced in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
The Combined Cross Modulation standard for this system shalI be 54 dB between the
Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the forward
portion combined witk the reverse portion of the Insiitutional Network. This includes
the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial DisYribution System.
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest
cascade, and aY an RF test point in the Head End. Then, a standard logaziflunic
calculations will be used to combine the two test points. This test will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable
Television System for C�oss Modulation (aitached), as referenced in the FCC CFR
section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
�
�
Attachment 2-F-4
Revised Decembei 19, 1997
' ��_l S�a-
�a�aa��`4�
� • In Channel Response The amplitude chazacteristic shall be within a range of +{- 2dB
from 0 to 6.0 MHz above the lower boundary frequency using appropriate equipment
for measurement of the I-Net channel, referenced to the average of the highest and the
lowest amplitudes within the frequency boundaries.
Testing will be done at the Aemarcation point ai�er the last active component on the
longest cascade, and at an RF test point in the Head End. These tests will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable
Television System for In Channel Response (attached), as referenced in the FCC CFR
section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.604},(d)(1,2).
Peak to valley variations. The Company proposes conformance to the NCTA
Recommended Practices, I.E. page 4 that states a figure calculated with the formula
i Q + 2 for the coaxial segments of the cableplant. This yields a figure of 3 dB for a
ten amplifier cascade and 3.5 dB for a fourteen amplifier cascade where N represents
the number of amplifiers in the cascade.
Tn addition to the foregoing, as part of this testing and the annual origination point
testing, Company will demonstrate that the Connecting Link from the City Hall Annex to
the Headend satisfies the standards specified in Section C, "Acceptance Testing".
� Additional Power Supply Inspections
All I-Net power supplies will be inspected at least twice per year, which will include the
following checks and tests: �
• Full load transfer and nmtime tesi
• Battery condition and maintenance check, including replacement ifrequired
• Status monitoring functional test
• Check the logic module
Monthly End-of-Line Checking
The further ensure that the I-Net is performing satisfactorily, monthly checks wili be
performed at a minimum of ten locations that are representative of worst-case
perfarmance. These checks will, include the following:
• RF level measurements at all pilot carriers and all CW carriers or measurable carriers
(e.g., analog video and audio, unmodulated data, etc.)
• Leakage test
• Frequency Response on forward and return
� • Subjective picture quality tests, if applicabie
Attachment 2-F-5
Revised December 19, 1997
Daily Checks
Review status monitoring system parameters and levels
Log the parameter vatues
Annuai Origination Point Testing
An annual check of each data and video origination point will be scheduled with I-Net
users. The tesY may be waived or rescheduled at the discreYion of users. These checks
will include the following:
• Visual signal level at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the NCTA.
Recommended Praetices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for Visuai
signallevei, as stated in the FCC CFR section 47, 5ubpart K, Part 76.601, 76.605 (a}
(3).
• RF signal ]evel variation at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the
NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for
Visual signal level (attached), as referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Snbpart K,
Part 76.b01, 76.605 (a) (4).
�
• Aural frequency separation and deviation level at the institutiona2 site shall be in
accordance wit'h the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable �
Television System (attached) as referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K,
part 76.60I, 76.605 {a) {Z),{5}.
• Data RF levels shall be mainTained in accordance wiTh the NCTA Recommended
Practices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for Visual signal level
(attached).
• Annual Interference Test. Using the Hewlett Packard 8591 C or the Tektronix 2715 or
similar test equipment and a reference carrier, the Company proposes 40 d$ for the
frequencies between 50 MHz and 450 MHz. The company proposes 30 dB for the
frequencies between i i MHz and 50 MHz. The Company proposes best effort for the
frequencies of 5 MHz through I 1 MHz and the carriers in the 27 MHz azeas. The
Company reserves the right not to conform to such specifications where known
continuous wave broadcast services exist. E�cisting areas such as the CB band,
inTernational AM, and nearby police or fire service transmitters are examples.
�
Attachment Z-F-6
Revised December 14, 1997
Documentation
� Ail tests and checks will be documented and, upon request, filed with the City. At the
City's reguest, ali testing processes may be conducted under the observation of a
representative from the City.
C. ACCEPTANCE TESTING
q�—ISS
�a�a�-1�7
The acceptance testing to determine completion of constzuction and compliance with the
performance standards set forth above wi11 be composed of four parts:
i. Physical configuration
2. RF testing
3. Baseband video testing at the Headend
4. End to end testing
Each of these areas will lead to the initial operation testing of the network, develop the
tumover documentation and form a reference for future troubleshooting.
Physical Coafiguration
� The physical configuration of the RF network will be inspected to monitor conformance
Attachments 2-A and 2-B. Inspections of the cable runs and components will be made
during the coi�struc[ion process to maintain the integrity of the design and Company shall
keep records thereof. Should a change be required, written documentation shall be
developed that outlines tbe reason for the change.
Equipment will be tested for initial operability upon receipt from the manufacturer and
documentation of such testing shall be developed.
RF Testing
The RF testing of the Iustitutional Network will be performed in phases throughout the
construction period in order to minimize disruption and consists of four steps:
i. Perform the rough balance and sweep. This wili perform the initial alignment of
all amplifiers, such as level and slope, and identify any problems with the
cableplant.
2. Perform distortion testing at the Headend, each OTN and at each end of line.
3. Test the cableplant for leakage.
4. Assemble a documentation test package. This will detail the results of each test
� process.
Attachment 2-F-7
Revised December 19, 1997
During the initial sweep and balance procedure ali conoded connectors, amplifiers
performing below manufacturers specifications, corroded amplifier brackets, conoded �
passives and damaged cables, and any equipment or part of the system that is in disrepair
or is improperIy placed will be repaired or repIaced.
Baseband Video Testing at the Aeadend
The baseband video equipment, including the modulators, demodulators and video router,
are tested with a VITS Yester to insnre compliance with manufactures specifications. All
tests are recorded to become part of the overall system documentation.
End to End Testing
All standards in this document aze based upon the testing of each individual leg of the
system and the standalone testing of active components, such as modulators and
demodulators. Within tt�irty (30) days after the completion of construction of the
upgrade, a final end to en8 test will be performed after all components have been
assembled and found to be operational. This test will take place using a VITS tester from
up to ten locations within the system The locations for this &nal end to end testing wiit
be selected by the City. The results of this testing will be recorded and referenced as the
"typical" end to end performance for VITS testing for the INET. The Company wi11 use a
VITS tester to establish standards reflecting those parameters listed in the NTC-7
specification. This witl form the baseline for future testing.
All printout from this testing process witl be entered into the overall system �
docvmentation package.
Connecting Link Data Oriented Testing
The foilowing special tests will apply to the Connecting Links between the City Hali
Annex to the Headend:
• The Company shall conduct a technical performance test in the City's presence to
demonstrate continuity on the optical route from the point of origin to termination and
compliance with the cable manufacturer's fiber optic tink loss specifications.
• On the data portion of the Connecting Links beiween the City Hall f�nnex to the
Headend, the Company will demonsirate that transmissions will encounter fewer than
ten to the minus eighth (10 "$) unfiltered errors.
In addition, as part of the acceptance testing, the Company wi11 demonstrate that ihe
combined networks used to transmit and receive signats are operating and meeting the
standazds for the InstiYutional Network from the user perspective, regardless of the
demarcation point. If the testing shows that there is a problem with the intemal wiring or
equipment for a location that is not the Company's responsibi3ity, the City and the
location wili be so notified. �
Attachment 2-F-8
Revised December 19, 1997
Confirmation by City
� City confirmation of the Institutional Network upgrade shall be based on:
1. documentation developed gursuant to this Section C(Acceptance Testing).
2. the reliability of the network after completion of the upgrade
3. physical inspection, if the City chooses to perform a physical inspection
�i�-1s
13� 2-a-� `��l
Confirmation that the Company has satisfied the first test will be provided within 60 days
after receipt of all documentation related to the Acceptance Testing set forth herein.
Confirmation with respect to the reliability and physical inspection shali be provided
within six months, so long as Company cooperates in any physical inspection and
promptly provides proof of reliability on request. Confirmation of completion shall not
be unreasonably withheld.
•
,
Attachment 2-F-9
Revised December 19, 1997
Attachment 2-G
Saint Paul Prelimiqary Construction Schedule
Activity
;e, commence initial application for
and site authorization
npletion of permits and site authorization
canstitute commencement of monthly
struction schedule set forth herein
Activity
Const. 3 OTN's in Phase 1
Activify and Test al! Fiber Equip. in Phase 9
Activate P.S. in Phase 1
Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 1
Rough Baiance System in Phase 1
Start Const. of 3 OTN Locations in Phase 2
Gonsi. Necessary Coax Run From H. E.
Perce�tage of System Complete
74%
Locations:
'! - Southwest
2 - South, Southeast
3 - North
4 - Norihwest
5 - Downtown
6 - Northeast
�
r
L—
Attachment Z-G-1
Revised December 19, 1997
a �_4�sa—
i�{a��
�
�
�
Month 2 Month 3
Activity Activity
Compiete OTN Const. in Phase 2 Complete OTN Const. in Phase 3
Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 2 Activity and Test aIl Eiber Equip. in Phase 3
Activate P.S. in Phase 2 Activate P.S. in Phase 3
Respiice Amplifiers in Phase 2 Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 3
fZough Balance System in Phase 2 Rough Balance System in Phase 3
Start Const. of 2 OTN Locations in Phase 3 Start Const. of 3 OTN Locations in Phase 4
Const. Additional Fiber to Node # 9
Percentage of System Complete Percentage ot System Compiete
36% 49%
' Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-2
Revised December 19, 1997
Month 4 Month 5
Activity Activity
Complete OTN Const. in Phase 4 Complete Rough Balance System in Phase 4
Activity and Test atl Fiber Equip. in Phase 4 Start Consf. of 1 OTN Locations in Phase 6
Activate P.S. in Phase 4 Complete OTN Const. in Phase 6
Respfice Amptifiers in Phase4 Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 6
Start Rough Balance System in Phase 4 Activate P.S. in Phase 5
Start Const. of i OTN Locaiions in Phase 5 Resplice Amptifiers in Phase 5
Compiete OTN Const. in Phase 5 Rough Balance System in Phase 5
Activity and Test a!I Fiber Equip. in Phase 5 Start Rough 6alance System in Phase &
Start System Acceptance Testing in Phase 1
Start System Accepiance Testing in Phase 5
Percentage of System Complete Percentage of System Complete
65% 80%
' Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest �
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - NorthwesY
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
�
�
Attachment 2-G3
Revised December 19, 1997
�
�
�
Gt � a.( � 2
Attachment 2-G-4
Revised December 19, 1997
9�t- tss�.
CORRECTIVE PLAN AGREEMENT
Whereas, the City of St. Paul and Continental Cablevision ("Company") entered into a
Transfer and Franchise Modification Agreement in November, 1996 (the "Transfer Agreement")
that required Continental Cablevision to submit a Correcrive Plan far the Institutional Network,
and to unplement that Corrective Plan by August 15, 1997; and
WFIEREAS that Transfer Agreement required the company provide an Institutional
Network that could be reliably used to provide high-quality, bi-directional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among multiple users, and that can support
expansion of services and transmission capabilities; and
WHEREAS, the City issued a Notice of Violation to Continental Cablevision in
September based upon that agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties have now agreed upon a Corrective Plan that is intended to
accomplish the goals of the Transfer Agreement, which Plan is attached hereto; and
WHEREAS the parties have further agreed that the Institutional Network upgrade
described by the Plan shail be completed by a time certain;
IT IS THEREFORE AGREED THAT:
The Conective Pian consists of the document enritled "Corrective Plan" and all
the attachments thereto.
2. The City accepts the Conective Plan in fuil satisfaction of Company's obligation
to submit a Corrective Plan under Section 4 of the Transfer Agreement. The Ciry
further agrees to rescind the Notice of Violation, so there is no outstanding Notice
of Violation. These agreements are subject to the following. Company agrees
that it will comply with all its obligafions under the Conective Plan, and agrees
that each obligation shail be fully enforceable against it, notwithstanding any other
provision of federal, sate, or locallaw that might otherwise preempt or limit the
enforceabiliiy of a particular requirement. If Company ever raises as a claim or
defense, direcfly or andirectly, that any part of the Conective Plan is invalid or
unenforceable, then the City's acceptance of the same, and its rescission of the
Notice of Violation, will be null and void, as if the same had never occurred.
3. In the event of a conflict between the Conective Plan, and the obligations of the
Company with respect to the Institutional Network set out in Appendix H, Section
��_��sa-
2 and Section 3, the Corrective Plan shall control. Company's obligations are not
lnnited by implicafion. By way of example and not limitation, Company's
obligations with respect to the CityLink aze not affected by the Correcfive Plan.
By way of example and not limitation, the technical performance staudards set
forth in Section XV of the application far a franchise that is incorporated into
Appendix H by reference are intended to be superseded by the Corrective Plan.
The parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix H as are appropriate to
reflect this undezstanding, and to reflect the obligarions nnposed by the Corrective
Plan. During the upgrade of the Insritutional Network, e�cisting obligations under
Appendix H will continue to apply until the upgraded system is completed and
operating at a particular location.
4. The Corrective PIan will be intezpreted in the light most favorable to the City. In
the event of a conflict between portions of the Plan, the provision of most benefit
to the City will control.
5. The parties agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of Appendix H, if the
Company fails to complete construction and activation of the upgraded
Institutional Network to the standards set forth in the Conective Plan by August 1,
1998, then Company will be deemed to be in default of its obligations under its
Franchise and tlus Agreement. Provided, however, that the tune for completion
will be extended if the Company files for perxnits and site authorizations required
from the City within the time limits set forth in the Coirective Plan, and the City
fails to act upon the pernvt requests and site authorizations submitted by it within
30 days. The extension will be for one day for every day after 30 that the City
fails to act upon the pernut requests for that part of the Corrective Plan affected by
the City's failure to act. The City may, without providing any opportunity to cure,
may then impose any remedy or take any action that it could take under the
Franchise after having provided full notice and opportunity to cure, and may
additionally draw upon the perfotmance bond established under the Corrective
Plan. Provided, however, that the City wi11 not take any such action without
providing the Company notice that it intends to act, the reasons why it is believed
that the Company is in default, and providing the Company, in lieu of hearing
requirements that might otherwise apply, 15 days to show to the City's
satisfaction that it in fact is in full compliance with the Corrective Plan. The
notice may be provided by letter from the Cable Communications Officer. The
parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix H as may be required to
implement this provision.
6. The partaes agree that this Corrective Plan is intended to address obiigations of the
Company arising under its existing Franchise. It is not intended to establish the
requirements for a renewal franchise, nor does the acceptance of ttus Conective
Plan constitute an admission or evidence that the upgraded Institutional Network
a �_�5sa
will reasonable satisfy the future cable-related needs and interests of the City. The
parties fiuther agree that there is nothing in the Conective Plan that constitutes a
franchise fee within the meaning of federal, state or local law.
The parties agree that the Corrective Plan is in the nature of a settlement related to
e�sting obligations. The parties stipulate that implementation of the Corrective
Plan will not result in a rate increase to subscribers.
8. The upgraded Institutional Nehuork shall continue to be available for use at no
charge to the City and its authorized Users and the ongoing obligations of the
Company under the Conecrive Plan sha11 continue, until or unless a renewal
franchise goes into effect. Franchisee
[SIGNATURE BLOCKS]
December 16, 1997 (1:41P�
C:\Conective Plan v4.wpd
q�_�ss�-
CORRECTIVE PLAN
December 16,1947
Institutional Network.
a. Company shall upgrade its Institutionai Network pursuant to the design and
construction schedule set forth in this Corrective Pian and the attachments to it,
which shall be incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part hereof.
The Institutional Network upgrade shall commence with the process of initial
application by Company for pernuts and site authorizations by January 15.
Construction of the upgrade shali be completed by August l, 1998, unless the
time far completion is eatended in accordance with the Corrective Plan
Agreement between the parties. The conshuction schedule is set forth in
Attachment G hereto. Within thiriy (30) days after completion of Institutional
Network upgrade construction, ali acceptance testing shail have been completed
as further described in Attachment 2-E. City confirmation of the Tnsfitutional
Network upgrade shall be provided in writing to Company in accordance with
Attachment 2-F. The Institutional Netwark shall continue to be interconnected
with flie subscriber network, except where specifically noted otherwise.
2. Upgrade Institutional Netvc ork Design and Equipment.
a. The upgraded Institutional Neiwork shall be of hybrid-fiber coaxial (HFC) design
consisting of 15 Snterconnected segments. The 15 segments of the Institutional
Network will result from 13 optical fiber truuks (each with no more than 10
amplifier cascades) and two coaxial cable truuks (each with no more than 14
amplifier cascades) and will include apprapriate switching, ali as described
generally in Attachment 2-A hereto and, more specificaliy, on the design set forth
on Attachment 2-B hereto. In addition, the Institutional Network will include two
links referred to below as"Connecting Links." The first is a direct optical fiber
link between City Hall and Company's Headend located at 1140 Sims Avenue.
This link, which includes a fiber link from the City Hall to the router at the
Headend, and a link from the City Hall Annex to the Ethernet switch at the
Headend, is more particularly described in the attachments hereto. Company also
shall place and dedicate 12 single mode fibers and 12 multi mode fibers dedicated
for City use between City Hall Annex and the Public Safety Annex located in
downtown St. Paul, as generally described on Attachment 2-A hereto and
consistent with its design reflected on Attachment 2-B hereto.
b. Basic equipment to be provided by Company and utilized in the upgraded
Instihxtional Network is as set forth in Attachment 2-C hereto. The list contains
the basic model identification and several general categories described with terms
such as generic or miscellaneous. The total group of equipment, cabie, hardware
and associated items which the Company actuaily anstalis will contain various
additional items and modules that aze not specificaliy listed However, the
c��l -1 S 5 �
Company will provide all equipment, modules, cable, connectors, hazdware, and
any additional items needed to have a totally operational Institutional Network
that is in full compliance with the operational standazds set forth herein. The
Company is responsible for maintainiug and replacing as necessary any equipment
that it provides or has provided that is to be used in the upgraded Insfltutional
Network. The Conective Plan is to result in an Institutional Netwark that can be
reliably used to provide high-quality, bi-directional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among mulfiple users, and that can
support expansion of services and transmission capabilities.
c. Consistent with Attachment 2-C hereto, Company shall provide requisite
transport switching, modulator and demodulator equipment sufficient to facilitate
a Channelization Plan as set forth in Attachment 2-D hereto. It is understood that
the Channelization Plan will change over time based on specific utilization by
institutions. The City may alter the Channelization Plan so long as it does not
interfere with the use of the channels reserved far Company's use, or the pilot and
control channels described in the Channelization Plan.
d. The Company is not required to interconnect the fiber connecting the City Hail
Annex and the Public Safety Annex to the other portions of the Institutional
Network, but the City may do so. The fibers provided will be "dark fibers." City
shall provide and be responsible for any transmission, end user, or terminal
equipment required for utilization of the City Hall Anne�Public Safety Annex
described herein.
e. Institufional users may add equipment at any time, upon providing Company
sixty (60) days advance written notice, and subject to the approval of the
Company to ensure that the equipment to be attached to the system will not
interfere with the technical performance of the network for which it is responsible.
Approval will not be unreasonably withheld, and will be deemed granted if the
Company does not disapprove of the attachment within 60 days of notice. No
approval is required for attachment of equipment in connection with the
Institutional Network upgrade.
(1) Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the
longest cascade (or, if appropriate, based on consultation with the
City, the user locafion furthest from the Headend in any given
"SegmenY' or run) from the Headend for each (29) of the primary
trunk segments off each OT'N. In addirion, each of the OT`N's and
Power Supply locations shall be monitored. This approach results
in 13 monitors at OTN locations, 29 monitors on coaYial segments
off the OTN locations and 3 monitors on coaYial only segments
q�_ ISS�-
plus 71 power supply locations. The exact location of the monitors
shall be jointly planned by the Company and city to provide the
greatest benefit to the City user community. This is consistent with
that generaily demonstrated on Attachment 2-E hereto and as more
specifically demonstrated on the design at Attachment 2-B hereto.
In addifion, status monitoring will be depioyed at the Headend.
C/4V carriers utilized for status monitoring will also be instalied at
every longest cascade on each leg of the upgraded Institutional
Network in order to facilitate testing and monitoring of the return
path.
(2) When fiber or coaYial cable and associated equipment is being
installed, replaced or relocated as part of the upgrade witlun a
location, the cable and equipment shall be brought to a point or
points within the location designated by the location.
Maintenance, Performance Standards and Testing.
a. Company shall be responsible for the ongoing maintenance and performance of
the upgraded Institutional Nerivork from a Demarcation Point through the
network, including the Headend.
b. The Demarcation Point will be as foilows:
i. For the Connecting Link between the City Hall Annex and the Public
Safety Annex, the termination point of the fiber, which shall be at a point
designated by the Ciry within those buildings.
ii. For the Connecting Link between the City Hail and the Headend,
(1) the Demarcation point for the fibers from the City Hail Annex to
the Headend sha11 be the Ethernet switch, with the Company being
responsible for that switch;
(2) the Demarcation point for the link fiu�thest from the City Hall to
the Headend sha11 be the modulators in City Hall used to place
signals on the link, with the Company being responsible for those
modulators.
iii. For the remainder of the Institutional Network that is being upgraded as
part of this plan, the Demarcation Point will be the point within the
location where the Institutional Network connects to the internal
distribufion system of that location, ar to the signal processing devices that
place the signal on the InsUtutional Network (modulatars or modems),
whichever is closest to the Headend, and not including the device except
as described below. Provided, however, that an Institutional Network
User may elect to make the Demarcation Point the outside of the building,
in which case Company wiil ensure that it can test at the outside of the
q�_tssa—
buiiding for compliance with the requirements of the Corrective Plan. If
an Institutionai Netwark User does not elect to establish the Demazcation
Point at the outside of the building, then the Company reserves the right to
charge the User Company's costs for service calls that resuit from Users
moving or otherwise abusing the interior connecrions for which the
Company is responsible.
c. Company will also be responsible for ongoing maintenance and perforn�ance and
replacement of any equipment that it provides or has provided, whether located
behind the Demarcation Point or not.
d. Company will not chazge municipal and non-commercial public sector users of
the dedicated bandwidth for maintaining or operating that portion of the network,
including transport network connections between the Tnstitutional Network, the
subscriber netwark and Citylink. Users shali be responsible for all standard
maintenance beyond the Demarcation Point and maintenance of all end user or
institution-owned equipment, except as described above.
e. Commencing with completion of construction of the upgraded Institutional
Network, Company shall implement the maintenance program set forth in
Attachment 2-F hereto. Commencing with completion of construction of the
upgraded Institutional Nerivork, Company shall assure campliance with the
performance standazds, measuring techniqaes, and testing set forth therein,
including the reliability standards.
4. Capacity available to the City.
a. The City or its designated Users will have the exclusive use of the Connecting
Links. With respect to the other portions of the Institutional Network upgraded as
part of this Conective Plan, the Company wili make available all existing
Institutional Network frequency spectrum bandwidth in each upstream and
downstream category to municipal and noncommercial public sector uses, to be
used at the city's discretion to the extent such capacity is not currently utilized by
Company for providing commercial services. If the Institutional Network's
bandwidth is increased, fifiy (50) percent of any increased bandwidth will be
dedicated to municipal and noncommercial public sector uses pursuant to a
mutually acceptable channelization plan. There will be fizll interconnection
beiween the Institutional Netwark and the remote origination points on it, the
teleconference capacities (if any) of the Insfitutional Network and the subscriber
netwark, and technical assistance will be provided in using the interconnection.
Institutional Network capacity will be provided at no charge. The Company will
maintain and operate the Institutional Network from the Demarcation Point
through the network, including the Headend, and will not charge municipal and
q� -155 3-
noncommercial public sector users of the dedicated bandwidth for mainta.iuing or
operating that portion of the network, including iransport network connecfions
between the Institutional Network, the subscriber network and city link. The
current specirum used by the Company's commercial users is 12 MHZ in the
forward path and 12 IvgIZ in the reverse path.
5. Non Commercial Use. The limitations on noncommercial use shall extend to the
upgraded Institutionai Network, inciuding the Connecting Links.
6. Free Drops.
a. As part of the upgrade, the Company will provide an Institutional Netwark drop to
every location that has an Institutional Network drop or had an Institutional
Network drop at any time prior to December 1, 1997. There wiil be no charge far
these drops. The Company is not required to provide a drop to a location that
does not desire a drop.
b. The Company shall provide, upon written request, one free subscriber and/or
Institutional Network coa�cial drop as appropriate to each public and private
school, public library branch, police and fire station, community center and public
building and to such other institutions as the city may reasonably request from
time to time, as set forth in Appendix H, Article I, Secfion 12.c. except that the
Company is only required to provide Institurional Network drops to a facility that,
at the time the request is made, is adjacent to the then-e�sting Institutional
Network path (regardless of specific accessibility}; provided that, if a requesting
location had been passed by the Institutional Neiwork prior to the upgrade, it will
be treated as passed by the Institurional Network after the upgrade .
c. Basic service will be provided free of chazge with each free subscriber network
drop path (regardless of specific accessibility).
Implementation and Management. City shali be entitled to make final decisions and is
solely responsible for making final decisions with respect to allocarion of the channel
capacity on the Institufional Network and for managing issues of use and resolving all
disputes that may arise between Users.
8. Payment. No later than December 31, 199�, Company sha11 make a payment to the City
in the amount of $280,000 to be used, at City's discretion, for any Institufional Netwark
purpose (including by way of example and not 1'unitation, fot purchase and deployment of
°f�-15.sa
modems and internal wiriug, and operarional support).
9. Confirmation. Upon confinnation of Institutional Network upgrade by City as provided
in the attachments hereto, the Company shall be deemed in compliance with all prior or
current obligations under the Franchise, and Ciry shall have no claim of any priar
violation or default of any such obligation.
10. Bond. No later than January 15, 1998, Company shall file with the City Clerk and
maintain until confirmation of Institutional Network upgrade and City AalUPublic Safety
fiber upgrade by City a performance bond, or such other security acceptable to City, in
the amount of $500,000.
I 1. Aiteration of Cable System. If the Company alters its Cable System, or moves its
Headend so that the Institutional Netwark must be changed, ox additional equipment and
facilities are required to prevent any change in the quality of service or additional costs to
the Institutional Netwark Users, the Company must make the changes or otherwise act to
ensure that the change in its plant in no way affects the Institufional Network or the City's
use of it.
0
�� I`VV �
ATTACHII�NTS
2-A Upgraded Institutional Network Topology
2-B Preliminary Institutional Network Upgrade Design
2-C Preliminary Equipment List
2-D Initial Channelization Plan
2-E Status Monitoring Location Example
2-F Maintenance, PerFonnance Standards and Testing Program
2-G Preliminary Construction Schedule
o �� _�SS a-
r�v�rr:C.��fu���.r�F�1
Overall Upgraded Institational Network Topology
The original institutional network will be reconfigured to be a series of independent
segments radiating out from the existing headend. In the upgraded institulional network,
each segment will be independent from every other segment. Each segment will be
composed of the following typical components:
• Headend passive and active devices such as splittets, combiners and amplifiers. This
will allow equipment at the headend to attach to each segment of the system.
Optical equigment. A set of optical transceivers will run &om the headend to each OTTI
(Optical Transition Node).
Coaxial based equipment. Coaxial cable and amplifiers will be used to implement the
last links in the cable to the user locations.
The system desigp calls for thirteen OTN locations. Fiber links will start at the headend
location and connect to each OTN. Coaxial ampl�er cascades beyond each OTN will be a
maximum of ten devices.
Two segarex�ts leaving the headend will remain coaxial based. These coaxial segments will
serve the users neaz the headend facility. The maximum cascade on the coaaial segments
will be fourteen devices.
In addition, there will be two fiber connecting links:
• An activated fiber connection to the headend consisting of the following (collectively
described in this conective plan as the City Hall to headend link):
1. A fiber connection from the City Hall connected to the Headend at the institutional
network router; and
2. A fiber connection from the City Hall Annex to the headend Ethernet switch.
• A dark fiber coimection from the City Hall Annex to the Public Safety Annex.
All obligations of the Company that apply to other portions of the Institutional Network also
apply to these connecting links, unless otherwise indicated.
The Institutional Network (including the connecting links other than the dark fiber links)
will include all necessary equipment so that frequencies on each segment can be reused on
each other segment to provide ma.ximum capacity and flexibility for users.
Attachmant 2-A-I
Revised December 17, 1997
a'1-�ss�
The following drawing illustrates this eonfiguration:
�
� I x
� c
J � � � � m
\, ? I � �
� F / �
� C / C
o� f 9k �
� � \ G,� ,� J V o
. �
� �
�� / a :
T LL `E / �
�j C /
. � i / �
�� � <% �.oz Goa��}o
V '���. Fiber�,�.
'(v ��
��
Coax Link Fiber Link
HeadEnd
---- ' u� ----�-----�
Fib� Coax Link
C 'M
�
� �
�
� l �� c�'� �'o
�
�� � ~C � � � �^ ':;'; �� \``�
0`v T � 4, .
V\ � �� � `' :;;; � ;:
G o`� / r ;; �F \
/ �+ �\
�/ ��.`t � `�I ♦
� �C � n `\ <!,� �
o / ° w
O ,� m I `'� �\
f� x �
�.'f} r ' �
f7 x ' V
�
Attachment 2-A-2
Ravised December 17, 1997
q� ..155 a-
Retrofitforthe School Network
The school configuration of the original institutional network for da#a transmission and
reception is based upon the Zenith Ethernet modems and is constructed as one lazge network
throughout the city. This topology will be changed in the upgraded institutional network to
reflect the new configuration of the INET system. Zenith translatois and remodulators will
be added to each segment of the cable system to support the existing Zenith equipmerrt that is
cunently in use. An Ethemet switch will be placed at the headend to link each of the
remodulators on each segment to provide the same city wide network structure.
The following illustration shows the proposed logical co�guration for this nehuork:
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Cable Zenith Zenith Cable
Remod Remod
Trunks Ethernet Trunks
Zenith SWltch Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenfth
Remod
Remod
Remod
The Ethernet switch located in the headend will be the link that allows the individual
network segments to communicate as a single network.
The following drawing shows a more detailed desctiption of the interconnection of each of
the segments in the system to the Ethernet switch:
Attachment 2-A-3
Revised December 17, 1997
��_�ss�-
Q ❑
PC with wMrol
Soilware
Zentlb Modem Coa<Link Ffie� LinK
� _ _ _ Ethernet
Switch
I `
remodulators —r
T
V
f
�
�AO'A �
Zentlb Modem '
PC
The configuration of each of the end user locations will not need to change during the
reconfiguration process. The maruier of connection at the headend will change as the
institutional nerivork is segmented from one lazge network into, essentially, fifteen smaller
and independent networks.
The PC with control soi4waze that the Company will provide will be set up so that it can be
programtned remotely by multiple users authorized by the City. The PC will be accessible
via a phone connection provided by the Company, either directly or through the Intemet, at
the City`s option.
Attachment 2-A-4
Revised December 17, 1997
q�_�55?—
Distance Learning and Video Based LinL•s
Video functions will be enhanced as part of the upgaded institutional network in order to
allow television to be used more effectively on the system at all sites. Each end user
location will be required to have several pieces of equipment:
• A modulator that will allow locally generated programming to be placed on a particulaz
chaiuiel for distribution throughout the system.
• A demodulator (television set) will allow the viewing of the progamming.
A video and audio routet (commonly called a video router) will allow for the dynamic
distribution of television progazmning. It will be integrated with the residential network
program routing and switching facilities to permit progra++�mi„g to be routed to and from the
Institutional Network. The programmable video router will facilitate the routing of video
information between multiple seg�nents in the upgraded institutional network should such
application be undertaken.
The configuration of the headend is shown in the following illustration:
Video
Oemotlulamr
DemodulaWr
DemotlNator
Demodulator
Demotlulata
oenwaviazw
OemotluleWr
pemodulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Video
programming
out to all
cable trunks
Source
��
40X3� Each Video has a
link to the router
Video
Router
Attachment 2-A-5
Revised December 17, 1997
q1-1S5�-
Appropriate modulators and demodulators will be provided to accommodate the utilization
of muYtiple video channels. Standalone demodulators will be used to remove the
proguxuivng from a particulaz source and feed it to a video router and a modulator that will
place ihe prograumvng on seg�nents of the Institutional Network. The router can allow the
switching of the programm;ng to one or more modulators for distribution through the
network should co�guration need to be changed in the future. The video router is driven
by a PC with scheduling software ihat can be programmed remotely by multiple users
authorized by the City. This soffiwaze will allow for the advance setup of program times and
channels on a one time sessions or repeat basis. The PC will be accessible via a phone
connection provided by the Company either d'uecfly or ihrough the Intemet, at the City's
option.
The typical end to end co�guration of a video link is shown in the following illustration:
Attaohment 2-A 6
Revised Decembar 17, 1997
q1-1ss}
Udeo
Modulator
Coax Link Fiber Link
_ A A��� � �
__�'y .
v�
1 ...
Demodulator
x
�
J
% N
�
LL
s
I �
I �
� U
Demodulator
Cr`�)
PC vrith control
Software
VIC�@0
Router
I f— Modulator
+-- Splitter
Y
C
J
N
a
LL
�
Demodulator
(N}
One feed in the system will have unique characteristics. A separate fiber optic cable will be
run from City Hall to the headend location. This will facilitate several channels of city
programming originated from City Hall to be dishibuted throughout the network. A
detailed description of this fiber optic link is set forth at page 2-A-9 ofthis Attachment 2.
C�ty Data Network
The city wide data nehuork wi11 be redesi�ed as part of the upgraded institutional network.
The city data nerivork will be based upon available cable modems with speeds ranging from
four megabits to as high as thii4y megabits per second on each se�nent of the system and
Attachment 2-A-7
Revised December 17. 1997
q�y .,►ss�-
100 Mbps on the connecting link to the City Hall Annex. An Ethemet switch will be used to
combine each of the individual links into one comprehensive system The diagfam on the
following page illustrates the topology of tlus network:
Ethernet
Cabie
Trunks
Headend
Ethernet
Switch
Etharnet
Ethemet
Ethernet
Fber optic line
I �� 1/ r _ 1.
Ethemet
Switch
Server
Server
II
Gity Hall
Annex
Switch
Server
Attachment 2-A-8
Revised December 17, 1997
Ethernet
Cabie
Trunks
a���tss�-
Data from the local segments of the system will be linked at the headend to an Ethemet
switch. This switch will logically link each se�nent of the system in order to integrate the
system. The switch has a one hundred megabit port that will be used to connect to another
Ethernet switch located in the City Hall Annex over a fiber optic link. The overall effect of
this configuration is:
• The headend switch integFates this traffic into a single high speed link. High
performance servers can be placed on this network in the City Ha11 Annex to serve the
data requirements of many of the user communities.
The Ethernet switch has the capacity to allow the segmentation of the nerivark into
multiple ten megabit Ethernet networks, should the institutions undertake such
utilization.
• This equipment will facilitate development of Virtual LANs down to the individual
segment ofthe system, should the institutions undertalce such utilization.
Detailed descripYion of City Hall to headend fiber optic link
A fiber optic cable will be run between City Hall and the Institutional system headend.
Three fibers will be available in this cable for city initially activated to perform the following
functions:
1 fiber analog FM video support
2 fibers city data network support
Active equipment will be placed at each end of the cable. One link will support the
transport of three video channels from City Hall to the headend router. The other link will
connect the 100 Mb ports on each of the Ethernet switches, one for the City Data Network at
the headend and a corresponding switch to be placed at City Hall Anuex.
The following drawing illustrates tivs co�guration:
Attachment 2-A-9
Revised December 17, 1997
q� -iSS �--
Modulawrs--► I I I ICity Hali
Fiber Cable
City Hali
Annex
-f
Headend
Detailed description of City Hall Annex to Public Safety Annex fiber opYic lmk
Franchisee will install 12 Muhimode and 12 single mode fibers from a point disignated by
the City in the City Hall Annex to a point designated by the City in the Public Safety Annex
At each fiber ternunation point, the Company will install temvnation block hardwaze
including standard connectors to be designated by the City, appropriately labeled, so that the
City can connect the fiber to its network.
The following drawing illustrates this configuration:
patch panel
...... ......
.......•....
Single mode
Fiber
Fiber Optic Cable
patch panel
.. .. .. .... ..
•..... ...• ..
�
Multimode
Fiber
City Hall Annex
Attac}unent 2-A-10
Revised December 17, 1997
Public Safety Annex
q�-1�S�-
Diagrams of the Headend Rack
Following is an exarnple of the layout for INET racks in the headend. The rack contain the
following equipment:
1. Ethemet switch
2. Video router
3. Management PC
4. Outbound (forwazd channels) modulators
5. Inbound (reveise channels) demodulators
6. Fiber optic transceivers for the City Ha111ink
7. Demodulators for the City Hall link
8. Fiber optic transceivers for each INET segment
9. Other equipment associated with the use or operation of the Institutional Network
u��e���
Oumwundmoaulafi�s
YdeaScem��
GibflOpu[Tr&�iscemrs
Inhoundpemotlulawrs
���
Sx�kA Piog�ammmg
oumounemoomarois
OemadulalorsforCAqHalllmk
GryNalifibnimk
Notwithstanding the above example, all institutional network headend equipment will be
assembled in a manner that is appropriate and accessible for making adjustrnents. The
actual institutional network headend equipment layout will be subject to City approval upon
completion and the City will be consulted on any future changes.
Attac}unent 2-A-11
Revised December 7 7. 1997
q� •�ssa
If the CiTy wishes to enhance the performauce of tke Institutional Network (by, for example,
activating an additional data channel or equipment that permits it to perfomt additional
functions on connecting links), it may purchase the equipment to do so, and the Company
will install it and maintain it at the headend.
Video and Audio Monitoring
The e�sting test bay used to support the subsctiber network will be used to monitor the
video on the Institutional Network for quality and troubleshooting.
Attachment2-A-12
Revised December 17, 1997
��1 � �SS�
ATTACFIMENT Z-C
EQUIPMENT LIST
Location
Parts & Labor
Part Number
I-NET
Transport Plant
Optical RC
Opticaf TXC
Status Monitoring-power supply
End Of Line Monitoring
Power supply
Thermal AGCs
0.750" coax
Coax Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Cabfe per mile
Splicing
Equipment Racks
Headend Equipment
Optical RC
Optical TXC
Misc. Ampsifilters
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Demodulators FM
Modulators AM
Videolaudio Router, AO X 32
Crestron management software
PC
Printer
Data Equipment Zenith Translator
to retroft school Zenith Remodulator
links Ethernet Switch
HP Openview
CiscoWorks management Soflware
PC
Phillips 817-1FRX
Phillips 2102A-10-TX
Cheetah CMM3
Cheetah LC1000
ALT200849
Phillips
Commscope P3-750
generic
generic
Siecor i 8 fiber SM
Generic fiber splice process
Scientific Atlanta RA-701924
Phillips RDRX
Phillips 710-TX
Cheetah HE-1000
Cheetah HEC- 3
Network Monitoring Software
Cheetah RPS
Synchronous VFMR-5000-12
SA 635�
Tahoe 40 X 32
Generic, Pentium with Win95
HP 400L DeskJet
Zenith LANNT-550-W-CE
Zenith LANREMOD-4M-44
Cisco 2926
CWPC-2.1-W1N-SMO
Generic, Pentium with Win95
Qty
13
13
71
45
25
100
1600
1
1
1
208
4
13
13
1
1
1
1
1
30
9
1
1
1
1
15
15
1
1
�
1
Attachment 2-C-1
Revised December 12, 1997
a�-�SS�
City data chan�el
Institutional N
LanCity provisioning server LCn
LanCity Transmaster LCt
LanCity headend node
LanCity miscellaneous
Media Cornerters
Ethernet Switch
LanCity LCn
LanCity LCt
LanCity LCh
Nbase 100Mb drivers
Cisco 2926
1
8
16
1
2
2
Modulators FM
Headend to City Hafl Link
Video Equipment Demodulators FM
Modulators FM
Link Materials Optical RX
Optica( TX
Fiber Cable
Fiber Mgmt F{ardware
City Haii to Pubfic Safety Link
Fiber Cable
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Synchronous VFMT-5000-12
Synchronous VFMR-5000-12
Synchronous VFMT-SOQO-12
Phi4Gps 817-1 FRX
Phillips 710-TX
Seicor
generic
Seicor burial 24 fiber SM/MM
generic
Aithough it is contempiated that the equipment listed herein will be used, company reserves the
right to substitute alternative equivalent equipment as necessary. Such equipment substituiions
will be subject to City approval, which witf not be unreasonabfy withheld.
30
3
3
1
1
4.5
4.5
Attachment 2-G2
Revised December 12, 1997
a�_�SSr
Forward
Channei
L (25)
M(26)
N(27}
O{28)
P(29)
Q(30)
R(31)
S(32)
T(33)
U(34)
V(35)
W(36)
AA(37)
BB(38)
CC(39)
DD(40)
EE(41)
FF(42)
GG(43)
HH(44)
If(45)
JJ(46)
KK(47}
LL(48)
MM(49)
NN(50)
00(51)
PP(52)
44(53)
RR(54)
SS(55)
Tl"(56)
UU(57}
W(58)
1NW(59)
XX(60)
YY(61)
ATTACHMENT 2D
CHANI�ELIZATION PLAN
Video
Carrier Functian
MHz
229.25 agc pilot
23525 Leakage
24125 sch data 1
247.25 sch data 2
25325 Sch data 3
259.25 Institution
26525 Revisors
27125 Institution
277.25 Institution
283.25 Institution
289.25 Institution
29525 Cherokee
301.25 Institution
307.25 Institution
31325 Institution
319.25 lnstitution
32525 Institution
331.25 City data 1
33Z25 City data 2
343.25 agc pilot
34925 City data 3
35525 City data 4
36125 Institution
367.25 Institution
37325 (nstitution
379.25 Institution
385.25 Institution tv 1
391.25 {nstitution tv 2
397.25 Institution tv 3
403.25 ed tv 1
40925 ed tv 2
415.25 ed tv 3
429 25 ed tv 4
427.25 ed tv 5
43325 ed tv 6
439.25 government tv
44525 government tv
Channel
Limits
MHz
228-234
234-240
240-246
246-252
252-258
258-264
264-270
270-276
276-282
282-288
288-294
294-300
300-306
306-312
312-318
318-324
324330
330-336
336-342
342-348
348-354
354-360
360-368
368-372
372-378
378-384
384-390
390-396
396-402
402-408
408-414
414-420
424-426
426-432
432-438
438-444
444-450
Attachment 2-D-1
Revised Decembei 12, 1997
a�-tSS �'
Return Channel
Channel Frequency Function Limits
T7 7 pilot & cheetah
T8 'i3 fnstitution
T9 19 Citydata'i
T10 25 City data 2
T11 31 City dafa 3
T12 37 City data 4
T13 43 sch data 2
open 49 available
2 55.25 sch data 4
3 61.25 sch data 1
4 6725 Cherokee
open NA open
5 77.25 Revisors
6 83.25 sch data 3
FM 88-90 Institution
FM(95) 90-96 Institution
FM(96) 96-102 Institution
FM(97) 1�2-1�8 Institution
A-2(98) 10925 fm tv 1
A-1(99) 11525 fm tv 1
A(14) 12125 fm tv 2
B(15) 127.25 fm tv 2
C(16) 13325 Institution
D(17) 139.25 Institution
E(18) 145.25 govenment tv
F(19) 15125 pilot
G(20) 157.25 government iv
H(21) 16325 lnstitution
I(22) 169.25 Institution
5.75-11.75
11 J5-17.75
17.75-23.75
23.75-29.75
2975-35.75
35.i5-41.75
41.75-47.75
47.75-54
54-60
60-66
66-72
72-76
76-82
82-88
$8-90
90-96
96-102
102-108
105-114
114-12�
120-128
128-132
132-138
138-144
144-150
150-156
156-162
162-168
168-174
Attaclunent 2-A-2
Revised December 12, 1997
p��„�SS 1-
ATTACI�I�NT 2-E
STATUS MOI�ITORL\G LOCATTON EXAMPLE
Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the longest cascade (or, if appropriate, based on
consultation with the City, the user location furthest from the headend in any given "SegmenY' or run) from the
Headend for each (29) of the primary trunk segments off each OTN. In addition, each of the OTN's and Power
Supply locations shall be monitored. This approach results in 13 monitors at OTN locations, 29 monitors on
coaxial segments off the OTN locations and 3 monitors on coaacial only segments plus 71 power supply
locations.
Attachment 2-E-1
Revised December 12, 1997
��_)ssa-
T'he exact location of the monitors shall be jointly planned by the Company and City to provide the greatest
benefit to the City user community.
Attachment 2-E-2
Revised December 12, 1997
�1�_�S
ATTACHMENT 2-F
MAINTENANCEPERFORMANCE
STANDARDS AND TESTING PROGRAM
A. MAINTENANCE
Additional Maintenance Staffing
Company will designate two and one-half in-house or contractor staff equivalency positions exclusively for
the purpose of assuring hi�-quality preventive and ongoing maintenance of the upgaded Institutional
Natwork. These staff positions will be in addition to the appro�mately 14 technical staff �no will be
available and have responsibilities &om tune to time for various aspects of upgraded Institutional Netvrork
performance
On-Call 5upport
Company will provide technical support 24 hours a day seven days per week. This will be accomplished
with °on-call" tachrucians who are scheduled to carry a pager and will respond to all pagas wit}un 30
minutes. This service wi11 he directly available to all Upgaded Institutional Network users. Network or data
service support must be processed by user through user's pre-designated "network manager" or point person "
before the company's on-call techsncian is paged.
Company is responsible for ensuring $at al] parts of the Institutional Network from the applicable
Demazcation Point function properly and reliable, so that the network is fully useable from each location.
The Company is also responsible for maintaining and replacing as necessary all equipment that it provides
or has provided at end user premises 6eyond the Demarcation Point, to this same end.
User's GrouplQuarterly Meetings
Company will reach out to each category of 7nstitutional Netwosk user and establish "User's Groups" to be
invited to meetings which will convene at least once each calendar quarter for the purpose of sharing ideas,
suggesting improvements, voicing concems, and receiving training on system changes or new equipmant.
These User's Group meetings and relationstups wi11 assist Company in identifying maintenance issues eazly
and should also enhance the user's understanding of the Upgaded Institutional Network capabilihes, and
thereby enhance or increase utili7ation.
Service Call Processing and Tracking
Company will set up mechanisms and procedures for all T-Net users to quickly and easily report system
trouble. These trouble or service calls will then be documented, processed, and completed in the same
manner as subscriber calls. With this documentation will coma monthly S-Net service call reports which
wi11 include a breakdown of reasons and resolution as well as call handling efficiency.
Notwithstanding the staffing, testing and equipment and response requirements set forth herein, the
Company will provide whatever in-house and/or contractor staff, spaze and equipment backup, test and
maintenance equipment and whatever additional steps are necessaty to ensure that netvrork perfom�s reliably
up to the applicab]e standazds, includ3ng reliability standazds and:
• Company will provide Institutional Network users the hi�est level of service, reliability, repair and
maintenance that is made available to any commercial or residential user of the cable system.
Attachment 2-F-1
Revised December ] 7, ] 997
� � -�SS �-
Insututional Network paths canying critical cucuits (as identified by the City) shall receive the hip�est
priority in the Franchisee's repair program.
Reliability
The Institutional Network reliability for all channels and transmission links between any hvo Demazcation
Points, plus equipment for w}nch the Company is responsible at the User premises shall meet or exceed
99.9%. This shall be taken to mean that the total cumulative outage tune at any activated Institutional
Network User site sha11 not exceed 430 minutes over the period of one year. An outage is defined as any
unscheduled event that prevents the transmission of data, video or sound on any channels at the speeds or at
the standards set forth herein because of a failure of some portion of the path or the equipment that the
Company is responsible to maintain
A failure caused by an electrical outage at the User site which prevents the User from using the Institutional
Network or power for Institutional Neriuork componenis shall not be considered a failure. Outages of any
kind caused by acts of God shall not be covered under the defuution of a failure. Normal system outages
that have been scheduled in advance hy the Company with a designated representative of the City shall not
be covered under the definition of a faflure.
At any time that any channel on the Institutional Network is known to fall below the technical standazds set
foith herein, actions shall be taken to restore the operation of the nerivork to the standards within 72 hours.
Network Frequency Response Sweep
All active portions of the I-Net will be swept for frequency response in forward (outbound) and
retum (inbound) bands every 12 months, or upon request of the city, more frequently as may be
indicated for specific problem solving, but in any event no more than one additional network
frequency response sweep per year.
B. STANDARD5 AND TESTING
System Leakage Surveillance
The Company proposes to measure leakage using a generator glaced at the headend location using a
frequency of 235.2625 MHz transmitting with a level to match that of the video cazriers at the point of
insertion into the system. The Company subscribes to the NCTA Recommended Practices section I.G.
pages 1 through 10 as it is a thorough and well understood testing process. The procedure will provide a
cahleplant that will be usahle in all channels by identifying points of egress that could also be points of
ingress. The Signal Leakage Standud shail be 10 microvolts/meter between the Headend and Demarcation
point for the $equencies in the fonvazd and reverse directions.
These tests will ba done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on
a Cable Television System for Signal Leakage Performance (attached), as referenced in the FCC CFR
section 47, Subpazt K, pazt 76.601, 76.609(h),(1,2,3,4,5).
Proof of Performance Twice Annually
Proof of performance testing will be conducted on the I-Net two times per year equivalent to that specified
by the FCC for subscriber networks. A minimum of ten test point locations will he estahlished where
feasible t}uoughout the system w}tich aze representative of worst-case performance. A minimum amount of
fifteen channels on the fonvard, and twelve channels on the rehun shall be tested at each test point location.
The Technical Stattdazds and Petformance Testing listed below are specifically for Continental Cablevision,
Attachment 2-F-2
Revised December 17, 1997
�I'1- �SS �"
St. Paul, I-Net System. Some of the testing procedures have been modified to meet the specific needs of a
High Split Retum System. Company will comply with the following minunum standards and tests:
• The Combined Cazrier to Noise Ratio Standard foz this system will be 47 dB between the Headend and
any Demazcation point for the worst-case pezformance of the fonvazd poition combined with the reverse
portion of the instatutional network. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coasial Distribution
System.
Testing will be done at the Demascation point after the last active component on the longest cascade,
and at an RF test point in tha Head End, then standard logarithmic calculations will be used to combine
the two test points. These tests will be done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Carrier to Noise Ratios (attached), as referenced in the
FCG CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(e).
• The Combined Composite Triple Beat Standazd for this system will be SS dB between the Headend and
any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the forvrard portion combined with the reverse
portion of the institutional network. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial Distribution
System.
Testing wiil be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest cascade, and at an PF
test point in the Head End. Then, a siandard logarithmic calculation will be used to combine the two
test points. These test will be dona in accordanca with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Composite Triple Beat (attached}, as referenced in the
FCC CFR section 47, Subpart I{, part 76.601, 76.609(t�.
• The Combined Composite Second Order Standazd for this system will be 58 dB beriveen the Headend
and any Demazcation point for the worst-case perfomiance of the forwud portion comhined with the
reverse portion of the mstrtuhonal nerivork. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial
Distribution System.
Testing will be done at the Demazcation point after the last active on the longest cascade, and at an RF
test point in the Head End. Then, a standazd logazithmic calculations will be used to combine the two
test points. This test will be done in accordance with tha NCTA Recommendad Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Composite Second Otder (attached), as referenced in
the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, pazt 76.601, 76.609(fl.
• The Comhined Cross Modulation standazd for this system shall be S4 dB between the Headend and any
Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the forward por[ion combined with the reverse
portion of the institutional network. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial Distribution
System.
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest cascade, and at an RF
test point in the Head End Then, a standard logarithmic calculations will be used to combine the two
test points. This tsst will he done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Cross Modulation (attachec�, as referenced in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
• In Channel Response The amplitude characteristic shatl be within a range of +(_ Zdg ¢om 0 tp 6.Q
NII3z above the lower boundary &equency using appropriate equipment for measurement of the I-Net
channel, referenced to the average of the highesY and the lowest amplitudes within the frequency
boundaries.
Attachment 2-F-3
Revised December 17, 1997
o��_�ss�-
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active component on the longest cascade,
and at an RF test point in the Head End. These tests will be done in accordance with the NCTA
Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for In Channel Response
(zttached), as refuenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, pazt 76.601, 76.609),(d)(1,2).
• Peak to valley vanations. The Company proposes conformance to the NCTA Recommendad Practices,
N
I.E. page 4 that states a figure calculated with the focmula i O + 2 for the coaxial segnents of the
cableplant. This yields a figure of 3 dB for a ten amplifier cascade and 3.5 dB for a fourteen
amplifier cascade where N iepresents the number of amplifiers in the cascade.
In addition to the foregoing, as part of this testing and the annual origination point testing, Company wil]
demonstrate that the Connecting Link &om the City Hall Annex to the Headend satisfies the standazds
specified in Section C, "Acceptance Testing".
Additional Powee Supply 7nspections
All I-Net power supplies will be inspected at least twice per year, which will include the following checks
and tests:
. Full load transfer and runtime test
• Battery condition and maintenance check, including replacement if requued
• Status monitoring functional test
• Check the logic module
Monthly End-of-Line Checking
The further ensure that the I-Net is perfornting satisfactorily, monthly checks will be perfotmed at a
minunum of ten locations that are representative of worst-case performance. These checks will, include the
following:
• RF level measurements at a11 pilot carriers and all CW camers or measurable carriers (e_g., analog video
and audio, unmodulated data, etc.)
• Leakage test
• Frequency Response on fonvard and retum
• Subjective picture quality tests, if applicable
Daily Checks
• Review status monitoring system parameters and levels
• Log the parameter values
Annual Origination Point Testing
An annual check of each data and video origination point will be scheduled with I-Net users. The test
may be waived or rescheduled at the discretion of users. These checks will include the following:
• Visual signal level at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the NCTA. Recommended
Practices for Measurament on a Cable Talevision System for Visual signal level, as stated in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, Part 76.601, 76.605 (a} (3).
Attachment 2-F-4
Revised Dacember 17, 199?
�� --1ss �—
• RF signal level variation at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the NCTA Recommended
Practices for Measurement on a Cahle Television System for Visual signal level (attached), as
referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, Part 76.601, 76.605 (a} (4).
• Awal frequency separation and deviation level at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the
NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cabie Television System (attached) as referenced
in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.605 (a) (2),(5).
• Data RF levels shall be maintainad in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measmement on a Cable Television System for Visual signal level (attached).
• Annual Interference Test. Using the Hewlert Packazd 8591 C or the Tektronix 2715 or sitnilar test
equipment and a reference carrier, the Company proposes 40 dB for the frequencies between 50 MHz
and 450 MI3z. The company proposes 30 dB for the frequencies between l 1 MHz and 50 MI3z. The
Company proposes best effort for the frequencies o£ 5 MHz throu� 1 I MIiz and the carriers in the 27
MFIz azeas. The Company reserves the ri�t not to conform to such specifications where known
continuous wave broadcast services exist. Existing areas such as the CB band, intemational AM, and
neazby police or fue service transmitters aze examples.
Documentation
All tests and checks will be docutnented and, upon request, filed with the City. At the City's request,
all testing processes may be conducted under the observation of a representative from the City.
C.ACCEPTANCETESTIlVG
The acceptance testing to determine completion of construction and comphence with the perfomiance
standazds set forth above wi116e composed of four parts:
1. Physical configuration
2. RF testing
3. Baseband video testing at the headend
4. End to end testing
Each of these areas will lead to the initial operation testing of the network, develop the tumover
documentation and form a reference for future troubleshooting
Physical Configuration
The physical configuration of the RF network will be inspected to monitor wnfoimance Attachments 2-A
and 2-B. Inspections of the cable runs and components vnll be made during the constmction process to
maintain the integrity of the design and Company shall keep records thereo£ Should a change be required,
written documentation shall be developed that outlines the reason for the change.
Equipment wi11 be tested for initial operability upon receipt ftom the manufacturer and documentarion of
such testing shall be developed.
RF Tesfing
The RF testing of the institutional netvrork cvill be perfomted in phases throughout the construction period
in order to minimiza disrugtion and consists of four steps:
1. Perform the rough balance and sweep. This will perform the initial alignment of all amplifiers,
such as level and slope, and identify any problems with the cableplant.
Attachment 2-F-5
Revised December 17, 1997
cy� _)ss s-
2. Perfomt distortion testing at the headend, each OTN and at each end of line_
3. Test the cableplant for leakage.
4. Assemble a documentation test package. This will detail the results of each test process.
I7uring the initial sweep and balance procedure all corroded connecton, amplifiers performing below
manufacturers specifications, cosoded amplifier brackets, corroded passives and damaged cables, and any
equipment or port of the system that is in disrepair or is improperly placed will be repaired or replaced.
Baseband Video Testing at the Aeadend
The baseband video equipment, including the modulators, demodulators and video router, are tested with a
VITS tester to insure compliance with manu£actures specifications. All tests are recorded to become part of
the overall system documentation.
End to End Tes4ng
All standazds in this document aze based upon the testing of each individual leg of the system and the
standalone testing of active components, such as modulators and demodulators. 6Vithin Uurty (30) days
a£ter the completion of construction of the upgrade, a Cinal end to end test will be performed after all
components have been assembled and found to be operational. This test will take place using a VITS tester
ftom up to ten locations within the system. The locations for this final end to end testing will be selected by
the City. The results of this testing will be recorded and referenced as the "typical" end to end performance
for VITS testing for the INET. The Company vril] use a VITS tester to establish standards reflecting those
pazameters listed in the NTG7 specification. This will form the baseline for future testing.
All printout &om this testing process will be entered into the overall system documentation package.
Connecting LinkData Oriented Testing
The following special tests will apply to the connecting link between the City Hall Annex to the Headand:
� The Company shall conduct a technical perfoimance test in the City's presence to demonstrate
continuity on the optical route from the point of origin to termination and compliance with the cable
manufachuer's fiber optic link loss specifications.
• On the data portion of the connecting ]ink, the Company will demonstrate that transmissions will
encounter fewer than ten to the minus eighth (10 "$) unfiltered errors.
1n addiuon, as part of the acceptance testing, the Comgany will demonstrate that the combined networks
used to transmit and receive sig��als are operating and meeting the standards for the Institutional Network
from the user perspective, regardless of the demarcation point. If the testing shows that there is a problem
with the intemal wiriug or equipment for a location that is not the Company's responsibility, the City and
the location will be so notified.
Confirmation by City
City confnmation of the institutional network upgrade shall be based on:
1. documentation developed pursuant to this Section C(Acceptance Testing).
2. the reliahility of the network after completion of the up�ade
3. physical inspection, if the City chooses to perform a physical inspection
Confumation that the Company has satisfied the first test vnll be provided within 60 days after receipt of all
documentation related to the Acceptance Testing set forth herain. Confumation with respect to the
Attachment 2-F-6
Revised Decemher 17, 1997
q�-15S�-
reliability and physical inspection shall be provided within six months, so long as Company cooperates in
any physical inspection and promptly provides proof of reliability on request. Confumation of completion
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
AtTachmern 2-F-7
Revised December 17, 1997
�i'f -IsS �-
Attachment 2-C
Saint Paul Preliminary Construction Schedu[e
Startup Phase
AC�iVi�
5 days after the INET effective
�e, commence initial application for
and site authorization
npfetion of permifs and site authorization
constitute commencement of monthly
struction scheduie set forth herein
Month 1
Activify
Actfvity and Test alf Fiber Equip. in Phase 1
Activate P.S. in Phase 1
Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 1
Rough Balance System in Phase 1
Start Const. of 3 OTN Locaiions in Phase 2
Const. Necessary Coax Run From H. E.
Percentage of System Compfete
14%
Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-1
Revised December 10, ]997
°I�-I��a
Month 2 Month 3
Activity Activity
Compiete OTN Const. in Phase 2 Compieie OTN Const. in Phase 3
Activity and Test afl Fiber Equip. in Phase 2 Activity and Test aIl Fiber Equip. in Phase 3
Activate P.S. in Phase 2 Activate P.S. in Phase 3
Resp4ice Amplifiers in Phase 2 Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 3
Rough Balance System in Phase 2 Rough Balance System in Phase 3
Start Const. of 2 OTN Locations in Phase 3 Start Const. of 3 OTN Locations in Phase 4
Const. Additional Fiber to Node # 9
Percentage of System Complete Percentage of System Complete
36% 49°l0
Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-2
Revised December 10, 1997
�I�-lssa-
Month 4 Mo�th 5
Activity Activity
Complete OTN Const. in Phase 4 Complete Rough Balance System in Phase 4
Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 4 Start Const. of 1 OTN Locations in Phase 6
Activate P.S. in Phase 4 Complete OTN Const. in Phase 6
Resplice Amplifiers in Phase4 Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 6
Start Rough Balance System in Phase 4 Activate P.S. in Phase 5
Start Const. of 1 OTN Locations in Phase 5 Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 5
Complefe OTN Const. in Phase 5 Rough Balance System in Phase 5
Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 5 Start Rough Balance System in Phase 6
Start System Acceptance Testing in Phase 1
Start System Acceptance Testing in Phase 5
Percentage of System Complete Percentage of System Complete
65% 80%
Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-3
Revised December 10, 1997
��-Iss�-
Attachment 2-G-4
Revised December 10, 1997
Council Fffe # ��=�55�
Green Sheet # G� i S/
RESOLUTION
CITY OF SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA �3
Presented
Referred To
Committee Date
1 WHEREAS, the City of Saint Paul granted a cable television franchise to Continental Cablevision of Saint
2 Paul, Inc. which became effective May 11, 1984;
3 Wf3EREAS, the franchise required Continental Cablevision to construct and maintain a cable system comprised
4 of an institutional network and a subscriber network in the City of Saint Paul,
WHEREA5 the institutional netwark is required to meet certain technical standazds, including standards in
Section XV of the Company's application, FCC standards and industry standards,
7 WHEREAS, the Transfer and Franchise Modification Agreement of November 13, 1996 required that the
8 institurional network be tested to determine if it satisfied the Company's commitments in the Franchise
9 Documents with respect to the institufional netwark, including its obiigarion to provide an institutional network
10 that could be reliably used to provide high-quality bi-directional voice, video, and daxa transmissions among
11 multiple users, and support expansion of services and transmission capabilities as contemplated by the
12 Franchise Documents, including the need far reliable higher data rates and current and emerging technologies,
13 WHEREAS, the City and Continental Cablevision agreed in the Transfer and Franchise Modification
14 Agreement that Continental Cablevision would develop a Corrective Plan far the institutional netcvork and
15 submit this Plan to the City by Mazch 15, 1997 af the tests revealed improvements were necessary, and that
16 this Plan may require the Company to upgrade, rebuild, or replace the institutional network,
17 WHEREAS, the institutional network was tested in January 1997 in accordance with the Transfer and Franchise
18 Modification Agreement,
19 WHEREAS, Continental submitted a Corrective Plan on March 14, 1997 and the City Council found this
20 Conective Plan to be inadequate on May 14,1997 and
21 WHEREAS, Continental submitted a new Corrective Plan on December 17, 1997, and
22 WIIEREAS, City staff have reviewed this new Corrective Plan and have recommended it to the City Council,
23 now, therefore, be it
24 RESOLVED, that the City Council finds the December 17, 1997 Corrective Plan to be adequate to bring the
25 insitufional network into compliance with the applicable standazds.
q�-1ss2�
2
0
Yeas Na s Absent
Blakey �
Bostrom �
Collins �/
x��s ,/
Megard ,/
Morton ✓
Thune �
� O
8 Adopted by Council;Date ��, a� �`q�
9 Adoption Certified by Council Secretary
Requested by Department of:
�
Form Approved by Ciry Attomey
�
10 By���
I��, ,� Approved by Mayor for Submission to Council
11 Approved by MayorDate 4
12 By: � " T B��
�
GREEN SHEET
Gerry Strathman 266-8575
December 22, 1997
TOTAL # OF SIGPiATURE PAGES
q�-15�
No 62181
u��� u��-
❑ diYATTOMIEY ❑ QIYCtiNK
❑ w�xw�amxcrsoue. ❑ quxew.mm�ecro
❑r�ronlaa�wsrunl ❑
(CLIP ALL LOCATIONS FOR SIGNATURE}
�ss�x
Finding Continental Cablevision's Corrective Plan to be adequate to bring the ins6tutional network into compliance with
the applicable standards.
PLANNING COMMISSION
Cl8 COMMITTEE
CN{L SERVICE CAMMISSION
IF APPROVED
OF TRANSACTION S
Hat Nis P���m ever worked under e conbact farthis EePartmeM7
YES NO
Has this pa�soMfirm e�+er 4een a aty empbyee7
YES NO
Doesthis PersoMfifm D� a sfaN nat nwmalN�eee� bY �+Y curteM cdy employee?
YES NO
Isthia pelsOMm� atargeted veMOR
YES NO
COSTRtEVQ1UE BUDGEfm (GRCLE ONhj
YES NO
SOURCE ACTIVI7Y NUMBER
INFORWiION (IXPWN)
J/' •'%,
CORRECTIVE PLAN AGREEMENT
December 22, 1997
�t� - ISS �
� �-,a�
Whereas, the City of St. Paul and Continental Cabievision ("Company") entered into a
Transfer and Franchise Modification Agreement in November, 1996 (the "Transfer AgreemenP')
that required Continental Cablevision to submit a Cosective Pian for the Institutional Network,
and to implement that Corrective Plan by August 15, 1997; and
WHEREAS that Transfer Agreement required the company provide an Institurional
Network that could be reliably used to provide high-quality, bi-d'uectional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among multiple users, and that can support
expansion of services and transmission capabilities; and
WHEREAS, the City issued allotice of Violation to Continental Cablevision in
September based upon that agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties have now agreed upon a Corrective Plan that is intended to
accomplish the goals of the Transfer Agreement, which Plan is attached hereto; and
WHEREAS the parties have further agreed that the Institutional Network upgrade
described by the Plan shall be completed by a time certain;
=�
_,
`"� IT iS THEREFORE AGREED THAT:
The Corrective Plan consists of the document entitled "Corrective Plan" and all
the attachments thereto.
2. The City accepu the Conective Plan in full satisfaction of Company's obiigation
to submit a Corrective Plan under Section 4 of the Transfer Agreement. The City
further agrees to rescind the Notice of Violation, so there is no outstanding Notice
of Violation. These agreements aze subject to the follov��ing. Company agrees
that it will comply with all its obligations under the Corrective Plan, and agrees
that each obiigation shall be fully enforceable against it, notwithstandin� any other
provision of federal, sate, or local 1aw that might othercvise preempt or limit the
enforceability of a particulaz requirement. If Company ever raises as a claim or
defense, directly or indirectly, that any part of the Corrective Plan is invalid or
unenforceable, then the City's acceptance of the same, and its rescission of the
Notice of Violation, will be nul] and void, as if the same had never occurred.
3. In the event of a conflict between the Corrective Plan, and the obligations of the
Company w�ith respect to the Institutional Network set out in Appendix H, SeMion
2 and Section 3, the Corrective Plan shali control. Company's obligations aze not
K
limited by implication. By way of example and not lunitation, Company's
obligations with respect to the CityLink are not affected by the Corrective Plan.
By way of example and not limitation, the Institutional Network technical
performance standards set forth in Section XV of the application for a franchise
that is incorporated into Append'vc H by reference are intended to be superseded
by the Corrective Plan. The parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix
H as aze appropriate to reflect this understanding, and to reflect the obligations
imposed by the Corrective Plan, including by incorporating this Agreement and
the Cosective Pian by reference into Appendix H. Pending incorQoration of this
Agreement into Appendix H, without lnniting the other provisions of this
Agreement, the City shall have ali remedies available to it that it would have, had
this Agreement and the Corrective Plan already been incorporated into Appendix
H. Any breach of this Agreement and the Corrective Plan wili also constitute a
breach of ihe franchise. During the upgrade of the Institutional Network, existing
obligations under Appendix H wi11 continue to apply until the upgraded system is
completed and operating at a particulaz location.
4. The Corrective Plan will be interpreted in the light most favorable to the City. In
the event of a conflict between portions of the Plan, the provision of most benefit
to the City will controi.
5. The parties agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of Appendix H, if the
Company fails to complete construction and activation of the upgraded
Institutional Network to the standazds set forth in the Corrective P1an by August 1,
1948, then Company will be deemed to be in default of its obligations under its
Franchise and this Agreement. Provided, however, that the time for completion
wiIl be extended if the Company files for permits and site authorizations required
from the City within the time limits set forth in the Corrective Plan, and the City
fails to act upon the permit requests and site authorizations submitted bv the
o.m anv within 30 days. The extension wili be for one day for every day after 30
that the City fails to act upon the permit requests for that part of the Corrective
Plan affected by the City's failure to act. The City, without providing any
opportunity to cure, may impose any remedy or take any action that it could ta};e
under the Franchise or this Agreement after having provided full notice and
oppommity to cure (including drawing upon the security provided for herein).
Provided, however, that the City will not take any such action without providing
the Company notice that it intends to act, the reasons why it is believed that the
Company is in defauIt, and providing the Company, in lieu of hearing
requirements that might otherwise apply, 15 days to show to the City's
satisfaction that it in fact is in full compliance with the Corrective Plan. The
notice may be provided by letter from the Cable Communications Officer. The
parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix H as may be required to
implement this provision.
2
d�'} -1 S j 2--
! 2-,�-��
6. The parties agree that this Corrective PIan is intended to address obligations of the
Company arising under its existing Franchise. It is not intended to establish the
requirements fot a renewal franchise, nor does the acceptance of this Corrective
Plan constitute an admission or evidence that the upgraded Insritutional Network
will reasonably satisfy the future cable-related needs and interests of the City.
The parties fiuther agree that there is nothing in the Corrective Plan that
constitutes a franchise fee within the meaning of federal, state or local law.
7. The parties agree that the Corrective Plan is in the nature of a settlement related to
existing obligations. The parties stipulate that implementation of the Corrective
Plan will not result in a zate increase to subscribers.
8. The upgraded Institutional Network shali continue to be available for use at no
charge to the City and its authorized Users and the ongoing obligations of the
Company under the Conective Plan shall continue, until or unless a renewal
franchise or replacement franchise goes into effect.
9. No later than January 15, 1948, the Company shall deliver to the City an
irrevocable Letter of Credit in the principal amount of $500,000, in a form and
from a surety acceptable to the City and payable to the City upon demand, upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Corrective Plan.
The Company shall, at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit,
deliver to the City a replacement for the Letter of Credit meeting these same
requirements and in a form and from a surety acceptable to the City, if the City
has not confirmed completion of the activities required by the Conective Plan 30
days prior to the expiration of the original Letter of Credit.
Provided no Event of Default has occurred and not been fully cured as pro��ided in
the Corrective Plan, upon confirmation of completion by the City, the City shall
surrender the Letter of Credit to the Company.
10. Por the purposes of Section 9 above, the following shall be "Events of Defaulr'
under this Agreement and the Corrective Plan, and the term "Event of Default"
shall mean whenever it is used in this Agreement or the Corrective Plan any one
or more of the following events:
a. failure by the Company to meet the deadline for completion of the
Institutional Network upgrade; or
b. failure by the Company to observe or perform any other covenant,
condition, obiigation or agreement on its part to be observed or performed
under the Agreement or Corrective Plan and the continuation of such
failure for a period of 15 days after written notice of such failure.
SIGNED AND AGREED TO THIS day of December, 1997
F CI OF .PAUL
�
YpR
� �`
DI�TO OF FINANCIAL SBRVICES
SIGNED AND AGREED TO THIS day of December, ] 997
FOR CONTINENTAL CABLEVTSION OF ST.
PAUL, INC.
�.�� ��
BY:
ITS: d�t.� ��s'+q�-��• t oP_uct�—c�oti:,— r�nrt
December 20, 7 997 ( I 0:54AM)
version 6
�
�
�,�-��sa--
��►a�-���
CORREC'PIVE PLAN
December 18,1947
i
2.
Insritutional Network.
a. Company shall upgrade its Institurional Network pursuant to the design and
construction schedule set forth in this Corrective Plan and the attachments to it,
which sha11 be incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part hereof.
The Institutional Network upgrade shall commence with the process of initiai
application by Company for pernuts and site authorizations by January 15, 1998.
Construction of the upgrade shall be completed by August 1, 1948, unless the
time for completion is extended in accordance with the Corrective Plan
Agreement between the parties. The construction schedule is set forth in
Attachment G hereto. Within thirry (30) days after complefion of Institutional
Network upgrade construction, aii acceptance testing shall have been completed
as fiuther described in Attachment 2-E. City co�rmation of the Institutional
Network upgrade shall be provided in writing to Company in accordance with
Attachment 2-F. The Insritutional Network shall continue to be interconnected
with the subscriber network, except where specifically noted otherwise.
Upgrade Institutional Network Design and Equipment:
�
a. The upgraded Institurional Network shall be of hybrid-fiber coaxial (HFC) design
consisting of 15 interconnected segments. The 15 segments of the Institutional
Network will result from 13 optical fiber trunks (each with no more than 10
amplifier cascades) and two coaxi�l cable trmilcs (each with no more ihan 14
amplifier cascades) and wili include appropriate switching, all as described
generally in Attachment 2-A hereto and, more specifically, an the design set forth
on Attachment 2-B hereto. In addition, the Institutional Network will include two
links refened to below as "Connecting Links." The first is a direct optical fiber
link between City Hall and Company's Aeadend located at 1 I40 Sixns Avenue.
This link, which includes a fiber link from the City Hall to the router at the
Headend, and a link from the City Hali Annex to the Ethernet switch at the
Headend, is more particulazly described in the attachments hereto. Company also
shall place and dedicate 12 single mode fibers and 12 muiti mode fibers dedicated
for City use between City Hali Annex and the Pubiac Safety Annex located in
downtown St. Paul, as generally described on Attaohment 2-A hereto and
consistettt with its design reflected on Attachment 2-B hereto.
b. Basic equipment to be provided by Company and utilized in the upgraded
Insfitutional Network is as set forth in Attachment 2-C hereto. The list contains
the basic model identafication and several general categories described with terms
such as generic or misceilaneous. The total group of equipment, cable, hardware �
and associated items which the Company actually installs wili contain various
additional items and modules that aze not specificalIy listed. However, the
Campany will provide all equipment, modules, cable, connectors, hardware, and
any additional items needed to have a totatly operational Institutional Network
that is in full compIiance with the operational standards set forth herein. The
Company is responsible for maintaining and replacing as necessary any equipment
that it provides or has provided that is to be used in the upgraded Institutional
Network. The Corrective Plan is to result in an Institutional Network that can be
reliably used to provide high-qualiry, bi-directional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among mvltiple users, and that can
support expansion of services and transmission capabilities.
c. Consistent with Attachment 2-C hereto, Company shall provide requisite
transport switching, modulator and demodulator equipment sufficient to faciIitate
a Channelization Plan as set forth in Attachment 2-D hereto. It is understood that
the Channeli7ation Plan wi21 change over time based on specific utilization by
institutions. The City may alter the Cfiannelization Plan so long as it does not
interfere with the use of the channels reserved for Company's use, ar the pilot and
control channels described in the Channelization Plan.
d. The Company is not required to interconnect the f�ber connecting the City Hall
Annex and the Pubiic Safety Annex to the other portions of the Institutional �
Network, but the City may do so. The fibers provided will be "dark fibers." City
shall provide anc! be responsible for any transmission, end user, or terminal
equipment reQuired for utilization of the City HaII Anne�Public Safety Annex
I�n__,_k described herein.
e. Institutional users may add equipment at any time, upon providing Company
sia�ty (60) days advance written nofice, and subject to the approvai of the
Company to ensure that the equipment to be attached to the system will not
interfere with the technical performance of the network for which it is responsible.
Approval will not be unreasonably withkeld, and will be deemed granted if the
Company does not disapprove of the attachment within 60 days of notice. No
approval is required for attachment of equipment in connection with the
Institutional Network upgrade.
f Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the longest cascade
(or, if appropriate, based on consultation with the City, the user locatioa furthest
from the Headend in any given "Segment" or run) from the Headend for each (29)
of the primary trunk segments off each OTN. In additian, each of the OTN's and
Power Supply locaflons shall be monitored. This approach results in 13 monitors
at OTN locations, 29 monitors on coaxiai segments off the OTN locations and 3
I
�
�.� � � � a�
� monitors on coaxial only segments plus 71 power supply locations. The exact
location of the monitors shall be jointly planned by the Company and city to
provide the greatest benefit to the City user community. This is consistent with
that generally demonstrated on Attachment 2-E hereto and as more specifically
demonstrated on the design at Attachment 2-B hereto. In addition, status
monitoring will be deployed at the Headend. C(W carriers utilized for status
monitoring will aiso be installed at every longest cascade on each leg of the
upgraded Insritutional Network in order to facilitate testing and monitoring of the
return path.
g. When fiber or coaYial cable and associated equipment is being installed, replaced
or relocated as part of the upgrade within a location, the cable and equipment shail
be brought to a point or points within the location designated by the location.
3. Maintenance, Performance Standards and Testing.
a. Company shall be responsible for the ongoing maintenance and performance of
the upgraded Institutional Network from a Demarcation Point through the
network, including the Headend.
b. The I?emazcation Point will be as follows:
i. For the Connecting Link between the City Hall Annex and the Public
� Safety Annex, the termination point of the fiber, which shall be at a point
designated by the City within those buildings.
ii. For the Connecting Link between the City Hall and the Headend,
(1) the Demarcation point for the fibers from the City Hall Annex to
the Headend shall be the Ethernet switch, wsth the Company being
responsible for that switch;
(2) the Demarcation point for the link furthest from the City Hall to
the Headend shall be the modulators in City Hail used to place
signals on the link, with the Company being responsible for those
modulators.
iii. For the remainder of the Institutional Network that is being upgraded as
part of this pian, the Demazcation Point will be the point within the
location where the Institutional Network connects to the internal
distribution system of that location, or to the signal processing devices that
place the signal on the Institutionai Network (modulators or modems),
whichever is closest to the Headend, and not including the device except
as described below. Provided, however, that an Insfitutional Network
User may elect to make the Demarcarion Point the outside of the building,
in which case Company will ensure that it can test at the outside of the
buiIding for compliance with the requirements of the Conective Plan. If �
an Institutionai Network User does not elect Yo establish the Demarcation
Point at ti�e outside of the building, then the Company reserves the right to
charge the User Company's costs for service calls that result from Users
moving or othenvise abusing the interior connections for which the
Company is respoasible.
c. Company wiil aiso be responsible for ongoing maintenance and performance and
replacement of any equipment that it provides or has provided, whether located
behind the Demazcation Point or not.
d. Company wiil not charge municipal and non-commercial public sector users of
the dedicated bandwidth for maintaining or operating that portion of the network,
including uansport network connections between the Institutional Network, the
subscriber network and Citylink, 9r for the ongc�ing maintenance performance
and reDlacement of �umeni that it i� obiigated to orrr,. Users shall be
responsibie for aii standazd maintenance beyond the Demarcation Point and
maintenance of a11 end user or institution-owned equipment, except as described
above.
e. Commencing with completion of consttuction of the upgraded Institutional
Network, Company shall implement the maintenance program set forth in
Attachment 2-F hereto. Commencing with completion of conshuction of the �
upgraded Institutional Neiwork, Gompany shali assure compliance with the
performance standards, measuring techniques, and testing set forth therein,
including the reliability staudazds.
4. Capacity available to the City.
a. The Ciry or its designated Users will have the exclusive use of the Connecting
Links. With respect to the other portions of the Institutional Nehvork upgraded as
part of this Corrective Pian, the Compa,ny wiil make available all existing
Institutional Network frequency spectrum bandwidth in each upstream and
downstream category to municipal and noncommercial public sector uses, to be
used at the city's discretioa to the e�ent such capacity is not currently utiIized by
Company for providing commercial services. If the Institutionai Network's
bandwidth is increased, fifly (50) percent of any increased bandwidth will be
dedicated to municipal and noncommerciai public sector uses pursuant to a
mutually acceptable channeliration plan. 'Fhere will be full interconnection
between the Instihrtional Netwark and the remote origination points on it, the
teleconference capacities (if any} of the Institutional Network and the subscriber
network, and technical assistance will be provided in using Yhe interconnection.
Institutional Network capacity wili be provided at no charge. The Company will
0
��
� maintain and operate the Institutional I�3etwork from the Demarcation Point
through the network, including the Headend, and will not charge municipal and
noncommercial public sector users of the dedicated bandwidth for maintaining or
operating that portion of the network, including transport network connections
between the Institutional Network, the subscriber network and city link. The
current spectrum used by the Company's commercial users is 12 MHZ in the
forwazd path and 12 MHZ in ihe reverse path.
5.
s
';�
Non Commercial Use. The limitations on noncommercial use shall e�end to the
upgraded Institutional Nerivork, including the Connecting Links.
Free Drops.
a. As part of the upgrade, the Company will provide an Institufional Netwark drop to
every location that has an Instiiurional Network drop or had an Institurional
Network drop at any time prior to December 1, 1997. There will be no charge for
these drops. T'he Company is not required to provide a drop to a location that
does not desire a drop.
b. The Company shall provide, upon written request, one free subscriber and/or
Institutional Network coasial drop as appropriate to each public and private
school, public library branch, police and fire station, community center and public
building and to such other institutions as the city may reasonably request from
time to t3me, as set forth in Appendix H, Article I, Section 12.c. except that the
Company is only required to provide Institutional Network drops to a facility that,
at the time the request is made, is adjacent to the then-existing Institutional
Network path (regardless of specific accessibility); provided that, if a requesting
location had been passed by the Institutional Network prior to the upgrade, it will
be treated as passed by the Institutional Network after the upgrade .
c. Basic service will be provided free of charge with each free subscriber network
drop path (regazdless of specific accessibility}.
Implementation and Management. City shall be entifled to make final decisions and is
solely responsible for making final decisions with respect to allocataon of the channel
capacity on the Institutional Network and for managing issues of use and resolving ail
disputes that may arise between Users.
8. Payment. No later than January l5, 1998, Company shall make a payruent to the City in
the amount of $280,�00 to be used, at CiTy's discretion, for any Institutional Netwark
purpose (including by way of example and not limitation, for purchase and depioyment of
modems and internal wiring, and operational support).
�55�
���aa-f 9?
�
Confirmation. Upon confirmation of Institutional Network upgrade by Ciry as provided �
in the attaclunents hereto, the Company shall be deemed in compliance with all prior or
curtent Institutional Network obligations under the Franchise, and City sha�l have no
claim of any prior violation or default of any such obligation.
I0. Alterafion of Cabte System. If the Company alters its Cable System, or moves its
Headend so that the Iastihrtional Network must be changed, or additional equipment and
facilities aze required to prevent any change in the quality of service or additional costs to
the Institutional Network Users, the Comgany must make the chauges or otherwise act to
ensure that the change in its plant in no way affects the Institutional Network or the use of
iY by the City or the City's anthorized users.
0
.
�
L_�
�
�
ATTACHMENT 2-A
Overall Upgraded Institutional Network Topology
The original Institutional Network wiil be reconfigured to be a series of independent
segments radiating out from the existing Headend. In the upgraded Institutional
Network, each segment wf ll be independent from every other segment. Each segment
will be composed of the following typical components:
��-)SS�
��(,a
j��
• Headend passive and active devices such as spiitters, combiners and amplifiers. This
will allow equipment at the Headend to attach to each segment of the system.
• Optical equipment. A set of optical transceivers wi11 run from the Headend to each
OTN (Optical Transition Node).
� Coaxial based equipment. Coaxial cable and amplifiers will be used to implement the
last links in the cable to the user locations.
The system design calls for thirteen OTN locations. Fiber links will start at the Headend
location and connect to each OT'N. Coaxial amplifier cascades beyond each OTN will be
a maximum of ten devices.
Two segments leaving the Headend wili remain coaxial based. These coaxial segrr�ents
wili serve the users near the Headend facility. The maximum cascade on the coaxial
segments will be fourteen devices.
In addition, there will be two fiber connecting links:
• An activated fiber connection to the Headend consisting of the following
(collectively described in this corrective plan as the City Hall to Headend 3ink):
1. A fiber connection from the City Hail connected to the Headend at the
Institutional Network router; and
2. A fiber connection from the CiTy Hali Annex to the Headend Ethemet switch.
. A dark fiber connection from the City Hall Annex to the Public Safety Annex.
All obligations of the Company that apply to other portions of the Institutionai Network
also apply to these connecting links, uniess otherwise indicated.
The Institutional Network (including the connecting links other than the dark fiber links)
will include all necessary equipment so that frequencies on each segment can be reused
on each other segment to provide maximum capacity and flexibility for users.
Attachment 2-A-1
Revised December 19, 1997
The foliowing drawing illustrates this confrguration:
�
�
I Y
� � � \ o I R
\ < + U /
\\ � � �
o � :�
i +
, \ \ �+`''� � � Uom
� 6
\ � y �
f. P_
_ �ib 7 ti `� r .-
<i v �
�4 � � K
C� zL.nk � Go ���.o
�'�� F �b
_ �Cink
V��
fe
Coax Link Fiber Link
�---- t Headend - -�y------�
piber li�k — — —
Coax LmK Coax Unk
�
� �
_ —'"'� �
�
� �� � � F C oakt', � � \ \ �
v '�� 6 Pi� ��
. y- •p - rt P �'O
0f� � � � ,F
G ° i r- f �
\
/ / F C O \
�/ C � d+ \�
Uoa / � °' � ` ��6
\
Y� �
/� � � j, �
x �
� � I
F '
�
�
�
Attachment 2-A-2
Revised Decembec I4, 1997
�
�
Retrotit for the Schoo! Network
a �-�5s a--
t �-������
The school configuration of the original Institutional Network for data transmission and
reception is based upon the Zenith Ethemet modems and is constmcted as one large
network throughout the City. This topology will be changed in the upgraded Institutional
Network to reflect the new configuration of the INET system. Zenith translators and
remodulators will be added to each segment of the cable system to support the existing
Zenith equipment that is currentiy in use. An Ethemet switch will be placed at the
Headend to link each of the remodulators on each segment to provide the same City wide
network structure.
The following i]]ustration shows the proposed logicai configuration for this network:
Cable
Trunks
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Ethernet
Switch
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
ftemod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Cable
Trunks
The Ethernet switch located in the Headend will be the link that allows the individual
network segments to communicate as a single netwark.
The following drawing shows a more detailed description of the interconnection of each
of the segments in tbe system io the Ethernet switch:
Attachment 2-A-3
Revised Decenaber 19, 1997
Q
aao
2en@� Motlem Coax Link
�___'
Fih2r Link
1 �
remodulators —�
PC with con4ol
Software
Ethernet
Switch
T
Q
A
�
s
x
1
1
oo. �
Zentth Modem '
PC
The configuration of each of the end user locations will not need to change during the
reconfiguration process. The manner of connection at the Headend will change as the
Institutional Network is segmented from one large network into, essentially, $fteen
smaller and independent networks.
The PC with control software tl�at the Company will provide wi11 be set up so that it can
be programmed remotely by multiple users authorized by the City. The PC will be
accessible via a phone connection provided by the Company, either directty or through
the Tntemet, at the City's option.
�
�
�
�
Ariachment 2-A-4
Revised Decembet 19, 1997
�
�
Distance Learnsng and Video Based Links
����
12-��a�
Video functions will be enhanced as part of the upgraded Institutional Network in order
to ailow television to be used more effectively on the system at all sites. Each end user
location will be required to have several pieces of equipment:
• A modulator that will allow locally generated programming to be placed on a
particular channel for distribution throughout the system.
• A demodulator (television set) will allow the viewing of the programming.
A video and audio router (commoniy called a video router) will allow for the dynamic
distribution of television programming. It wili be integrated with the residential network
program routing and switching facilities to pennit programming to be routed to and from
the Institutional Network. The programmable video router will facilitate the routing of
video information between multiple segments in the upgraded Instihitional Network
shouid such appiication be undertaken.
The configuration of the Headend is shown in the following illustration:
Video
SOUCC@
lN
cematlulAlw
Dpmo0l�lalor
Demodulalw
Demodula�w
Demoaulalor
Demoewamr
cemoama,c,
Demoaulamr
Modulator
Moduiator
Modulator
Modulator
Moduiator
Modulator
Modufalor
Modulator
�/idE'.O
programming
out to all
cabie trunks
40X3��ach Video has a
Video ��nk to the router
Router
r
Attachment 2-A-5
Revised December 19, 1497
Appropriate modulators and demodulators will be provided to accommodate the
utilizaizon of multiple video channels. Standalone demodulaYors will be used to remove �
the programming from a particutar source and feed it to a video router and a moduiator
tl�at wi11 place the programming on segments of the Institutional Network. The router can
allow the switching of the programming to one or more modulators for @istribution
through the network should configuration need to be changed in ihe future. The video
router is driven by a PC with scheduling soflware that can be programmed remotely by
multiple users authorized by the City. This software will allow for the advance setup of
program times and channels on a one time sessions or repeat basis. The PC wiII be
accessible via a phone connection provided by the Company either directiy or through the
Intemet, at the City's option.
The typicai end to end configuration of a video link is shown in the foilowing illustration:
�
��
L
Attachment 2-A-6
Revised December 19, 1997
� �-1SS�
��(a� ��'
�
Video
Modulator
Coax Link Fiber Link /
��{� y � \ � } � y {��� , }— r / y ,�
' _ _ V V' V �`•'-�
l
Demodu{ator
Y
C
J
�
LL
� -
� X
� O
I �
�
Demodulator
(�)
PC wit� control
Software
�
L.�I
Video
Router
I � Modufator
f--- Splitter
x
c
�
v
a
LL
Y
I �
1 x
� U
�
Remodulator
(N)
One feed in the system will have unique characteristics. A separate fiber optic cable will
be run from City Hall to the Headend location. This will facilitate severai channels of
City programming originated from City Hall to be distributed throughout the network. A
detailed description of this fiber optic link is set forth at page 2-A-9 of this Attachment 2.
City Data Network
The City wide data network wili be redesigned as part of the upgraded Institutional
, Network. The City data network wiil be based upon available cable modems with speeds
ranging from four megabits to as high as thirty megabits per second on each segment of
Attachment 2-A-7
Revised December 19, 1997
the system and 100 Mbps on the connecting link to the City Hal1 Annex. An Ethernet
switch wili be used to combine each of the individual links into one comprehensive �
system. The diagram on the following page iilustrates the topology of this network:
C i
Tr
Cable
Tru n ks
�
ServQr
�
Attachment 2-A-8
Revised December 19, 1997
� Data from the local segments of the system will be linked at the Headend to an Ethemet
switch. This switch will logicaliy link each segtnent of the system in order to integrate
the system. The swatch has a one hundred megabit port that will be used to connect to
another Ethemet switch located in the City Hali Annex over a fiber optic link. The
�
overali effect of this configuration is:
The Headend switch integrates this traffic into a single high speed 1ink. High
performance servers can 6e placed on tfiis network in the City Hali Annex to serve the
data requirements of many of the user communities.
• The Ethemet switch has the capacity to allow the segmentation of the network into
multiple ten megabit Ethemet networks, should the institutions undertake such
utilization.
This equipment wiil facilitate development of Virtual LANs down to the individual
segment of the system, should the institutions undertake such utilization.
Detailed description of City Hali to Headend fiber optic link
A fiber optic cable will be run between City Hall and the Institutional system Headend.
Three fibers wiU be available in this cabie for City initially activated to perform tbe
following functions:
i fiber analog FM video support
2 fibers city daTa network support
Active equipment wiil be placed at each end of the cable. dne link will support the
transport of three video channels from City Hall to the Headend router. 'I'he other link
will connect the 100 Mbps ports on each of Che Ethernet switches, one for the City Data
Network at the Headend and a corresponding switch to be placed at City Hall Annex.
The following drawing illustrates this configuration:
a��- �SS�
i a-I�-a
AtYachmznt 2-A-9
Revised Decembar 19, 1997
Modulators °+►
City Ha(i
Annex
+—Demodutators
Headend
Detailed description of City Hail Annex to Public Safety Annex fiber optic link
Franchisee will install 12 Multimode and 12 singie mode fibers from a point disignated
by Che City in the City Hali Annex to a point designated by the City in the Public Safery
Annex. At each f�ber termination point, the Company wili instaII termination block
hardware including standard connectors to be designated by the City, appropriately
labe]ed, so that the City can connect the fiber to its network.
The following drawing illustrates this configuration:
patch panel
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Single mode
Fiber
Fiber Optic Cable
patch panel
.. .... .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
1
Multimode
Fiber
City Hall Annex
Attachmeat 2-A-10
Revised December 19, 1997
Public Safety Annex
�
�
Diagrams of the Headend Rack Gt�} -\ S 5`�`
l�-�a
� Following is an example of the layout for INET racks in the Headend. The rack contain
the following equipment:
1. Ethemet switch
2. Video router
3. Management PC
4. Outbound (fonvard channeis) modulators
S. Inbound (reverse channels) demodulators
6. Fiber optic transceivers for the City Hall link
7. Demodulators for the City Hall link
8. Fiber optic transceivers for each INET segment
9. Other equipment associated with the use or operation of ihe Institutional Network
cuw Eureme�s�wan
OulbpunG mpCUlators
VNC-0Swtich
�
FrEU Op�cTranscevvers
InhounG PerMdulabrs
4'�'�—�—''
SwnNProgremmrg
OuWOwd motlWabrs
DemoOwabrs br Qty Mall L�nk
Gty Hafl9ber IiM.
Notwithstanding the above example, all Institutional Network Headend equipment wiil
be assembled in a manner that is appropriate and accessible for making adjustments. The
actual Institutional Network Headend eqtupme��t layout will be subject to City approval
� upon completion and the City will be consuited on any future changes.
Attachment 2-A-1 I
Revised December 19, 1997
If Yhe City wishes to enhance the performance of Yhe Institulional Network (by, for
example, activating an additional data channel or equipment that permits it to perform .
additionai functions on connecting links), it may purchase the equipment to do so, and the
Company will insfall it and maintain it af the Headend.
Video and Audio Monitoriug
The existing test bay used to supporf the subscriber network will be used to monitor fhe
video on the Institutional Network for quality and troubleshooting.
�
r
�
Attachment 2-A-12
Revised December 19, 1997
�
�
�
ATTACHMENT 2-C
EQUIPMENT LIST
Location
i-NET
Transport Piant
Parts 8� Labor
Optical RC
Optical TXC
Status Monitoring-power supply
End Of Line Monitoring
Power suppiy
Thermai AGCs
0.750"coax
Coax Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Cable per mile
Splicing
Equipment Racks
Part Number
Phillips 817-1 FRX
Phillips 2102A-10-TX
Cheetah CMM3
Cheetah LC70�0
ALT200849
Phillips
Commscope P3-750
generic
generic
Siecor 18 fiber SM
Generic fiber splice process
Scientific Adanta RA-701924
Headend Equipment
Data Equipment
to retrofit school
Iinks
Optical RC
Opticai TXC
Misc. Ampslfilters
Status Monitoring
Stakus Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Demodulators FM
Modulatocs AM
Videolaudio Router, 40 X 32
Crestron management software
PC
Printer
Zenith Translator
Zenith Remodulator
Ethernet Switch
Phillips RDRX
Phillips 710-TX
Cheetah HE-1000
Cheetah HEG 3
Network Monitoring Software
Cheetah RPS
Synchronous VFMR-5000-12
SA 6350
Tahoe 40 X 32
Generic, Pentium with Win95
HP 400L DeskJet
Zenith LANNT-550-W-CE
Zenith LANREMOD-4M-44
Cisco 2926
HP Openview
CiscoWorks managemeM Software CWPG2.1-WIN-SMO
pC Generic, Pentium with Win95
�t� - lss�—
t 2
Qty
13
13
71
45
25
100
16�0
1
1
1
2Q8
4
13
13
1
1
1
1
1
30
9
1
1
1
1
15
15
1
1
1
1
Attachment 2-C-I
RevisedDecember S9, 1997
City data channei
Institutional N
LanCity provisioning server LGn
LanCity Transmaster LCt
LanCity Headend node
LanCity misceilaneous
Media Converters
Ethernet Switch
Modulators FM
Headend to City Nall Link
Video Equipment Demodulafors FM
Modulators FM
Link Materials Opfica! RX
Optical 7X
Fiber Cabie
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Ethernet Switch
�Media Converters
City Hali to Public 5afety Link
Fiber Cable
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
LanCity LCn
LanGity LCt
LanCify LCh
Nbase 100Mbps drivers
Cisco 2926
Synchronous VFMT-5�00-12
Synchronous VFMR-5Q00-12
Synchronous VFMT-5000-12
Phillips 817-'! FRX
Phillips 710-TX
Seicor
generic
Cisco 2926
Nbase 100Mbps drivers
Seicor buri2124 fiber SM/MM
generic
Although it is contemplated that the equipment listed herein wiii be used, company reserves the
right to substitute aiternative equivalenl equipment as necessary. Such equipment substitutions
will be subject to City approval, which wiil not be unreasonably withheld.
1 � 8
16
1
1
1
30
3
3
1
1
4.5
4.5
1
1
1
1
\_�
�
Attachment 2-G2
Revised December 19, 1997
�
�
�i
ATTACHMENT2D
CHANNELIZATION PLAN
Forward Video
Channei Carrier Functian
MHz
L (25) 22925 agc pilot
M(26) 235.25 Leakage
N(27) 24125 sch data 1
O(28) 24725 sch data 2
P(29) 253.25 Sch data 3
Q(30) 259.25 Institution
R(31) 265.25 Revisors
S(32) 271.25 Institution
T(33) 277.25 Institution
U(34) 283.25 lnstitution
V(35) 289.25 Institution
W(36} 29525 Cherokee
AA(37) 301.25 institution
BB(38j 30725 Institution
CC(39) 31325 Institution
DD(40) 319.25 Institut�on
EE(41) 32525 lnstitution
FF(42) 331.25 City data 1
GG(43) 33725 City data 2
HH(44) 343.25 agc pilot
Il(45) 349.25 City data 3
JJ(46) 355.25 City data 4
KK(47) 361.25 Institution
LL(48) 36725 institution
MM(49) 373.25 Institution
NN(50) 37925 Institution
00(51) 385.25 institution tv 1
PP(S2) 38125 institution tv 2
QQ(53} 397.25 Institution tv 3
RR(54} 403.25 ed tv 1
SS(55) 409.25 ed tv 2
TT(56) 415.25 ed tv 3
UU(57} 421,25 ed tv 4
W(58) 427.25 ed tv 5
WW(59) 43325 ed tv 6
XX(60) 439.25 government tv
YY(61) 445.25 government tv
Channel
Limits
M Hz
226-234
234-240
2A�-246
246-252
252-258
25&264
264-27Q
270-276
276-282
282-288
288-294
294-300
300-306
306-312
312-318
318-324
324-330
330336
336-342
342-348
348-354
354-360
360-368
3fi8-372
372-378
378-384
384-390
390-396
396-402
402-408
408-414
414-420
azo-azs
426-432
432-438
438-444
444-450
Attachment 2-D-1
Revised December 19, 1997
�*1-1
���aa-�q�
Return Channel �
Channel Frequency Function Limits
T7 7 pilot & cheetah
T8 13 Institution
T9 19 City data 1
T10 25 City data 2
T11 31 City data 3
T12 37 City data 4
T73 43 sch data 2
open 49 available
2 5525 sch data 4
3 6i 25 sch data 1
4 67.25 Cherokee
open NA open
5 7725 Revisors
6 8325 sch data 3
FM 88-90 fnstifution
FM(95) 90-96 Institution
FM(96) 96-102 Institution
FM(97) 102-108 lnstitutior�
A-2(98} 10925 fm tv 1
A-1(99) 115.25 fm tv 1
A(14) 92125 fm tv 2
B(15) 127.25 fm tv 2
C(16) 133.25 (nstitution
D{17) 139.25 institution
E(18j 145.2� govenment tv
F(19) 15125 pilot
G(20) 157.25 government tv
H(21) 163.25 instifution
1(22) 169.25 institution
5.75-T 1.75
11.75-17.75
17.75-23.75
23.75-29.75
29.75-35.75
35.75-4175
49.75-47.75
47.75-54
54-60
60-66
66-72
72-76
76-82
82-88
88-90
90-96
96-102
102-108
108-114
i14-120
120-12$
128-132
132-138
138-144
144-150
150-156
156-162
162-168
168-174
�
�
Attachment 2-D-2
Revised December 19, 2997
�
�
.
ATTACHMENT 2-E
STATUS MONITORING LOCATION EXAMPLE
���iss�--
a�������1
Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the longest cascade (or, if
appropriate, based on consultation with the City, the user location furthest from the
Headend in any given "SegmenY' or run) from the Headend for each (29) of the primary
trunk segments off each OTN. In addition, each of the OTN's and Power Supply
locations shall be mwiitored. This approach results in 13 monitors at OTN locations, 29
Attachment 2-E-1
Revised December 19, 1997
monitors on co�ial segments off the OTN locations and 3 monitors on coa�cial only
segments pIus 71 power supply locations. �
The exact location of the monitors shall be joinfly planned by the Company and City to
provide the greatest benefit to the City user community.
�
�
Attachment 2-E-2
Revised December 19, t997
�t� � 155a-
�
ATTACHR4ENT 2-F
MAINTENANCE PERFORMANCE
STANAARDS AND TESTING PROGRAM
j � � 2a � �1`�
�
A. MAINTENANCE
Additiottat D4aintenance Staffing
Company will designate two and one-half in-house or contractor staff equivalency
positions exclusively for the purpose of assuring high-quality preventive and ongoing
maintenance of the upgraded Institutional Network. These staff positions will be in
addition to the approximately 14 technical staff who wiil be available and have
responsibilities from time to time for vazious aspects of upgraded Institutional Network
performance
On-Call Support
Company wili provide technicai support 24 hours a day seven days per week. This will
be accompiished with "on-cail" technicians who ue scheduled to carry a pa�er and wili
respond to all pages within 30 minutes. This service will be directly available to ali
Upgraded Tnstitutional Network users. Network or data service support must be processed
by user through user's pre-designated "network manager" or point person before the
company's on-call technician is paged,
Company is responsibie for ensuring that all parts of ihe Tnstitutional Network from the
applicable Demarcation Point function properly and reliable, so that the network is fiilly
useable from each location. The Company is also responsible for maintaining and
replacing as necessary all equipment that it provides or has provided at end user premises
beyond the Demarcation Point, to this same end.
User's GroaplQuarterly Meetings
Company will reach out to each category of Institutional Network user and estabiish
"User's Groups" to be invited to meetings which wili convene at least once each calendar
quarter for the putpose of sharing ideas, suggesting improvements, voicing concems, and
receiving training on system changes or new equipment. These User's Group meetings
and relationships will assist Company in identifying maintanance issues eazly and shou]d
aiso enhance the user's understanding of the Upgraded Institutional Neiwork capabi]ities,
and thereby enhance or increase utilization.
Anachment 2-F-1
Revised December 19, i997
Service Call Processing and Tracking �
Company will set up mechanisms and procedares for all T-Net users to quickly and easily
reporE system trouble. These tronble or service calIs will then be documented, processed,
and completed in the same manner as subscriber calls. With this documentation witl
come monthly I-Net service call reports which will include a breakdown of reasons and
resolution as well as cal] handling efficiency.
Notwithstanding Yhe staffing, testing and equipment and response requirements set forth
herein, the Company will provide whatever in-house and/or contractor staff, spare and
equipment backup, test and maintenance equipment and whatever additional steps are
necessary to ensure that network performs reliably up to the applicabie standards,
including reliability standards and:
• Company will provide Institutional Network users the highest level of service,
reliability, repair and maintenance that is made available to any commercial or
residential user of the cable system.
• Institutional Network paths canying critical circuits (as identified by ihe City) shall
receive the highest priority in the Franchisee's repair program.
Retiability ,
The Institutional Network reIiability for all channels and transmission links beriueen any �
two Demazcation Points, plus equipment for which the Company is responsible at the
User premises shall meet or exceed 99.9%. This shall be taken to mean thaY fhe total
cumularive outage time at any activated Institutional Network User site shail not exceed
430 minutes over the period of one year. An outage is defined as any unscheduled event
that prevents the transmission of data, video or sound on any channels at the speeds or at
the standards set forth herein because of a failure of some portion of the path or the
equipment that the Company is responsible to maintain.
A failure caused by an electrical outage at the User site which prevents the User from
using ihe Ins[itutional Network or power for Institutional Network components shall not
be considered a failure. Outages of any kind caused by acts of God shall not be covered
under the definition of a faiIure. Normal system outages that have been scheduled in
advance by the Company with a designated representative of the City shall not be covered
under the definition of a failure.
At any time That any channel on the Tnstitufional Network is known to fall below the
technical standards set forth herein, actions shall be taken to restore the operation of the
network to the standards within 72 hours.
Attachment 2-F-2
Revised December 19, 199�
°4'1-1 SS2-
�
Network Frequency Response Sweep
�a�����
�
L
Ali active portions of the I-Net wiil be swept for frequency response in forwazd
(outbound) and return (inbound) bands every 12 months, or upon request of the City,
more frequently as may be indicated for specific problem solving, but in any event no
more than one additional network frequency response sweep per year.
B. STANDARDS AND TESTING
System Leakage Surveillance
The Company proposes to measure leakage using a generator placed at the Headend
location using a frequency of 235.2625 MHz transmitting with a level to match that of the
video carriers at the point of insertion into the system. The Company subscribes to the
NCTA Recommended Practices section I.G. pages l through 10 as it is a thorough and
well understood testing process. The procedure will provide a cableplant that will be
usable in all channels by identifying points of egress that could also be points of ingress.
The Signal Leakage Standard shail be 10 microvoltslmeter between the Headend and
Demarcation point for the frequencies in the forward and reverse directions.
These tests will be'done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Signai Leakage Perfom�ance (attached),
as referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.bQ1, 76.609(h),(1,2,3,4,5).
Proof of Performance Twice Annually
Proof of performance testing will be conducted on the I-Net two Times per year
equivalent to that specified by the FCC for subscriber networks. A minimum of ten test
point locations will be established where feasible throughout the system which are
representative of worst-case performance. A minimum amount of fifteen channels on the
forward, and tweive channels on the return shail be tested at each test point location. The
Technical Standards and Performance Testing listed below are specifically for
Continental Cablevision, St. Paul, I-Net System. Some of the testing procedures have
been modified to meet the specific needs of a High Split Return System. Company will
compiy with the following minimum standards and Yests:
The Combined Carrier to Noise Ratio Standard for this system will be 47 dB between
the Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the
forward portion combined with the reverse portion of the Institutional Network. This
inciudes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxiai Distribution System.
Attachment 2-F-3
Revised December 19, 1997
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active component on the
longest cascade, and aY an RF test point in the Head End, then standard logarithmic �
calculations wiil be used to combine the two test points. These tests wiil be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Gabie
Television System for Carrier to Noise Ratios (attacked), as referenced in the FCC
CFR section 4�, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(e).
• The Combined Composite Trip1e Beak Standard for this system will be 55 dB
between the Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of
the forward portion combined with The reverse gortion of the Institutional Network.
This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coa�rial Distribution SysTem.
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point a8er the last active on the longest
cascade, and at an PF test point in the Head End. Then, a standard logarithmic
calculation will be used to combine the two test points. These test will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cabie
Television System for Comgosite Triple Beat (attached), as referenced in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
• The Combined Composite Second Order Standard for this system will be 58 dB
between the Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of
the forward portion combined with the reverse portion of the Institutional Network.
This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial Distribution System. �
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest
cascade, and at an RF test point in the Head End. Then, a standard logarithmic
calculations will be used to combine the twa test points. This test will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable
TeIevision System for Composite Second Order (attached), as re£erenced in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
The Combined Cross Modulation standard for this system shalI be 54 dB between the
Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the forward
portion combined witk the reverse portion of the Insiitutional Network. This includes
the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial DisYribution System.
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest
cascade, and aY an RF test point in the Head End. Then, a standard logaziflunic
calculations will be used to combine the two test points. This test will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable
Television System for C�oss Modulation (aitached), as referenced in the FCC CFR
section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
�
�
Attachment 2-F-4
Revised Decembei 19, 1997
' ��_l S�a-
�a�aa��`4�
� • In Channel Response The amplitude chazacteristic shall be within a range of +{- 2dB
from 0 to 6.0 MHz above the lower boundary frequency using appropriate equipment
for measurement of the I-Net channel, referenced to the average of the highest and the
lowest amplitudes within the frequency boundaries.
Testing will be done at the Aemarcation point ai�er the last active component on the
longest cascade, and at an RF test point in the Head End. These tests will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable
Television System for In Channel Response (attached), as referenced in the FCC CFR
section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.604},(d)(1,2).
Peak to valley variations. The Company proposes conformance to the NCTA
Recommended Practices, I.E. page 4 that states a figure calculated with the formula
i Q + 2 for the coaxial segments of the cableplant. This yields a figure of 3 dB for a
ten amplifier cascade and 3.5 dB for a fourteen amplifier cascade where N represents
the number of amplifiers in the cascade.
Tn addition to the foregoing, as part of this testing and the annual origination point
testing, Company will demonstrate that the Connecting Link from the City Hall Annex to
the Headend satisfies the standards specified in Section C, "Acceptance Testing".
� Additional Power Supply Inspections
All I-Net power supplies will be inspected at least twice per year, which will include the
following checks and tests: �
• Full load transfer and nmtime tesi
• Battery condition and maintenance check, including replacement ifrequired
• Status monitoring functional test
• Check the logic module
Monthly End-of-Line Checking
The further ensure that the I-Net is performing satisfactorily, monthly checks wili be
performed at a minimum of ten locations that are representative of worst-case
perfarmance. These checks will, include the following:
• RF level measurements at all pilot carriers and all CW carriers or measurable carriers
(e.g., analog video and audio, unmodulated data, etc.)
• Leakage test
• Frequency Response on forward and return
� • Subjective picture quality tests, if applicabie
Attachment 2-F-5
Revised December 19, 1997
Daily Checks
Review status monitoring system parameters and levels
Log the parameter vatues
Annuai Origination Point Testing
An annual check of each data and video origination point will be scheduled with I-Net
users. The tesY may be waived or rescheduled at the discreYion of users. These checks
will include the following:
• Visual signal level at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the NCTA.
Recommended Praetices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for Visuai
signallevei, as stated in the FCC CFR section 47, 5ubpart K, Part 76.601, 76.605 (a}
(3).
• RF signal ]evel variation at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the
NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for
Visual signal level (attached), as referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Snbpart K,
Part 76.b01, 76.605 (a) (4).
�
• Aural frequency separation and deviation level at the institutiona2 site shall be in
accordance wit'h the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable �
Television System (attached) as referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K,
part 76.60I, 76.605 {a) {Z),{5}.
• Data RF levels shall be mainTained in accordance wiTh the NCTA Recommended
Practices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for Visual signal level
(attached).
• Annual Interference Test. Using the Hewlett Packard 8591 C or the Tektronix 2715 or
similar test equipment and a reference carrier, the Company proposes 40 d$ for the
frequencies between 50 MHz and 450 MHz. The company proposes 30 dB for the
frequencies between i i MHz and 50 MHz. The Company proposes best effort for the
frequencies of 5 MHz through I 1 MHz and the carriers in the 27 MHz azeas. The
Company reserves the right not to conform to such specifications where known
continuous wave broadcast services exist. E�cisting areas such as the CB band,
inTernational AM, and nearby police or fire service transmitters are examples.
�
Attachment Z-F-6
Revised December 14, 1997
Documentation
� Ail tests and checks will be documented and, upon request, filed with the City. At the
City's reguest, ali testing processes may be conducted under the observation of a
representative from the City.
C. ACCEPTANCE TESTING
q�—ISS
�a�a�-1�7
The acceptance testing to determine completion of constzuction and compliance with the
performance standards set forth above wi11 be composed of four parts:
i. Physical configuration
2. RF testing
3. Baseband video testing at the Headend
4. End to end testing
Each of these areas will lead to the initial operation testing of the network, develop the
tumover documentation and form a reference for future troubleshooting.
Physical Coafiguration
� The physical configuration of the RF network will be inspected to monitor conformance
Attachments 2-A and 2-B. Inspections of the cable runs and components will be made
during the coi�struc[ion process to maintain the integrity of the design and Company shall
keep records thereof. Should a change be required, written documentation shall be
developed that outlines tbe reason for the change.
Equipment will be tested for initial operability upon receipt from the manufacturer and
documentation of such testing shall be developed.
RF Testing
The RF testing of the Iustitutional Network will be performed in phases throughout the
construction period in order to minimize disruption and consists of four steps:
i. Perform the rough balance and sweep. This wili perform the initial alignment of
all amplifiers, such as level and slope, and identify any problems with the
cableplant.
2. Perform distortion testing at the Headend, each OTN and at each end of line.
3. Test the cableplant for leakage.
4. Assemble a documentation test package. This will detail the results of each test
� process.
Attachment 2-F-7
Revised December 19, 1997
During the initial sweep and balance procedure ali conoded connectors, amplifiers
performing below manufacturers specifications, corroded amplifier brackets, conoded �
passives and damaged cables, and any equipment or part of the system that is in disrepair
or is improperIy placed will be repaired or repIaced.
Baseband Video Testing at the Aeadend
The baseband video equipment, including the modulators, demodulators and video router,
are tested with a VITS Yester to insnre compliance with manufactures specifications. All
tests are recorded to become part of the overall system documentation.
End to End Testing
All standards in this document aze based upon the testing of each individual leg of the
system and the standalone testing of active components, such as modulators and
demodulators. Within tt�irty (30) days after the completion of construction of the
upgrade, a final end to en8 test will be performed after all components have been
assembled and found to be operational. This test will take place using a VITS tester from
up to ten locations within the system The locations for this &nal end to end testing wiit
be selected by the City. The results of this testing will be recorded and referenced as the
"typical" end to end performance for VITS testing for the INET. The Company wi11 use a
VITS tester to establish standards reflecting those parameters listed in the NTC-7
specification. This witl form the baseline for future testing.
All printout from this testing process witl be entered into the overall system �
docvmentation package.
Connecting Link Data Oriented Testing
The foilowing special tests will apply to the Connecting Links between the City Hali
Annex to the Headend:
• The Company shall conduct a technical performance test in the City's presence to
demonstrate continuity on the optical route from the point of origin to termination and
compliance with the cable manufacturer's fiber optic tink loss specifications.
• On the data portion of the Connecting Links beiween the City Hall f�nnex to the
Headend, the Company will demonsirate that transmissions will encounter fewer than
ten to the minus eighth (10 "$) unfiltered errors.
In addition, as part of the acceptance testing, the Company wi11 demonstrate that ihe
combined networks used to transmit and receive signats are operating and meeting the
standazds for the InstiYutional Network from the user perspective, regardless of the
demarcation point. If the testing shows that there is a problem with the intemal wiring or
equipment for a location that is not the Company's responsibi3ity, the City and the
location wili be so notified. �
Attachment 2-F-8
Revised December 19, 1997
Confirmation by City
� City confirmation of the Institutional Network upgrade shall be based on:
1. documentation developed gursuant to this Section C(Acceptance Testing).
2. the reliability of the network after completion of the upgrade
3. physical inspection, if the City chooses to perform a physical inspection
�i�-1s
13� 2-a-� `��l
Confirmation that the Company has satisfied the first test will be provided within 60 days
after receipt of all documentation related to the Acceptance Testing set forth herein.
Confirmation with respect to the reliability and physical inspection shali be provided
within six months, so long as Company cooperates in any physical inspection and
promptly provides proof of reliability on request. Confirmation of completion shall not
be unreasonably withheld.
•
,
Attachment 2-F-9
Revised December 19, 1997
Attachment 2-G
Saint Paul Prelimiqary Construction Schedule
Activity
;e, commence initial application for
and site authorization
npletion of permits and site authorization
canstitute commencement of monthly
struction schedule set forth herein
Activity
Const. 3 OTN's in Phase 1
Activify and Test al! Fiber Equip. in Phase 9
Activate P.S. in Phase 1
Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 1
Rough Baiance System in Phase 1
Start Const. of 3 OTN Locations in Phase 2
Gonsi. Necessary Coax Run From H. E.
Perce�tage of System Complete
74%
Locations:
'! - Southwest
2 - South, Southeast
3 - North
4 - Norihwest
5 - Downtown
6 - Northeast
�
r
L—
Attachment Z-G-1
Revised December 19, 1997
a �_4�sa—
i�{a��
�
�
�
Month 2 Month 3
Activity Activity
Compiete OTN Const. in Phase 2 Complete OTN Const. in Phase 3
Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 2 Activity and Test aIl Eiber Equip. in Phase 3
Activate P.S. in Phase 2 Activate P.S. in Phase 3
Respiice Amplifiers in Phase 2 Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 3
fZough Balance System in Phase 2 Rough Balance System in Phase 3
Start Const. of 2 OTN Locations in Phase 3 Start Const. of 3 OTN Locations in Phase 4
Const. Additional Fiber to Node # 9
Percentage of System Complete Percentage ot System Compiete
36% 49%
' Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-2
Revised December 19, 1997
Month 4 Month 5
Activity Activity
Complete OTN Const. in Phase 4 Complete Rough Balance System in Phase 4
Activity and Test atl Fiber Equip. in Phase 4 Start Consf. of 1 OTN Locations in Phase 6
Activate P.S. in Phase 4 Complete OTN Const. in Phase 6
Respfice Amptifiers in Phase4 Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 6
Start Rough Balance System in Phase 4 Activate P.S. in Phase 5
Start Const. of i OTN Locaiions in Phase 5 Resplice Amptifiers in Phase 5
Compiete OTN Const. in Phase 5 Rough Balance System in Phase 5
Activity and Test a!I Fiber Equip. in Phase 5 Start Rough 6alance System in Phase &
Start System Acceptance Testing in Phase 1
Start System Accepiance Testing in Phase 5
Percentage of System Complete Percentage of System Complete
65% 80%
' Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest �
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - NorthwesY
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
�
�
Attachment 2-G3
Revised December 19, 1997
�
�
�
Gt � a.( � 2
Attachment 2-G-4
Revised December 19, 1997
9�t- tss�.
CORRECTIVE PLAN AGREEMENT
Whereas, the City of St. Paul and Continental Cablevision ("Company") entered into a
Transfer and Franchise Modification Agreement in November, 1996 (the "Transfer Agreement")
that required Continental Cablevision to submit a Correcrive Plan far the Institutional Network,
and to unplement that Corrective Plan by August 15, 1997; and
WFIEREAS that Transfer Agreement required the company provide an Institutional
Network that could be reliably used to provide high-quality, bi-directional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among multiple users, and that can support
expansion of services and transmission capabilities; and
WHEREAS, the City issued a Notice of Violation to Continental Cablevision in
September based upon that agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties have now agreed upon a Corrective Plan that is intended to
accomplish the goals of the Transfer Agreement, which Plan is attached hereto; and
WHEREAS the parties have further agreed that the Institutional Network upgrade
described by the Plan shail be completed by a time certain;
IT IS THEREFORE AGREED THAT:
The Conective Pian consists of the document enritled "Corrective Plan" and all
the attachments thereto.
2. The City accepts the Conective Plan in fuil satisfaction of Company's obligation
to submit a Corrective Plan under Section 4 of the Transfer Agreement. The Ciry
further agrees to rescind the Notice of Violation, so there is no outstanding Notice
of Violation. These agreements are subject to the following. Company agrees
that it will comply with all its obligafions under the Conective Plan, and agrees
that each obligation shail be fully enforceable against it, notwithstanding any other
provision of federal, sate, or locallaw that might otherwise preempt or limit the
enforceabiliiy of a particular requirement. If Company ever raises as a claim or
defense, direcfly or andirectly, that any part of the Conective Plan is invalid or
unenforceable, then the City's acceptance of the same, and its rescission of the
Notice of Violation, will be null and void, as if the same had never occurred.
3. In the event of a conflict between the Conective Plan, and the obligations of the
Company with respect to the Institutional Network set out in Appendix H, Section
��_��sa-
2 and Section 3, the Corrective Plan shall control. Company's obligations are not
lnnited by implicafion. By way of example and not limitation, Company's
obligations with respect to the CityLink aze not affected by the Correcfive Plan.
By way of example and not limitation, the technical performance staudards set
forth in Section XV of the application far a franchise that is incorporated into
Appendix H by reference are intended to be superseded by the Corrective Plan.
The parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix H as are appropriate to
reflect this undezstanding, and to reflect the obligarions nnposed by the Corrective
Plan. During the upgrade of the Insritutional Network, e�cisting obligations under
Appendix H will continue to apply until the upgraded system is completed and
operating at a particular location.
4. The Corrective PIan will be intezpreted in the light most favorable to the City. In
the event of a conflict between portions of the Plan, the provision of most benefit
to the City will control.
5. The parties agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of Appendix H, if the
Company fails to complete construction and activation of the upgraded
Institutional Network to the standards set forth in the Conective Plan by August 1,
1998, then Company will be deemed to be in default of its obligations under its
Franchise and tlus Agreement. Provided, however, that the tune for completion
will be extended if the Company files for perxnits and site authorizations required
from the City within the time limits set forth in the Coirective Plan, and the City
fails to act upon the pernvt requests and site authorizations submitted by it within
30 days. The extension will be for one day for every day after 30 that the City
fails to act upon the pernut requests for that part of the Corrective Plan affected by
the City's failure to act. The City may, without providing any opportunity to cure,
may then impose any remedy or take any action that it could take under the
Franchise after having provided full notice and opportunity to cure, and may
additionally draw upon the perfotmance bond established under the Corrective
Plan. Provided, however, that the City wi11 not take any such action without
providing the Company notice that it intends to act, the reasons why it is believed
that the Company is in default, and providing the Company, in lieu of hearing
requirements that might otherwise apply, 15 days to show to the City's
satisfaction that it in fact is in full compliance with the Corrective Plan. The
notice may be provided by letter from the Cable Communications Officer. The
parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix H as may be required to
implement this provision.
6. The partaes agree that this Corrective Plan is intended to address obiigations of the
Company arising under its existing Franchise. It is not intended to establish the
requirements for a renewal franchise, nor does the acceptance of ttus Conective
Plan constitute an admission or evidence that the upgraded Institutional Network
a �_�5sa
will reasonable satisfy the future cable-related needs and interests of the City. The
parties fiuther agree that there is nothing in the Conective Plan that constitutes a
franchise fee within the meaning of federal, state or local law.
The parties agree that the Corrective Plan is in the nature of a settlement related to
e�sting obligations. The parties stipulate that implementation of the Corrective
Plan will not result in a rate increase to subscribers.
8. The upgraded Institutional Nehuork shall continue to be available for use at no
charge to the City and its authorized Users and the ongoing obligations of the
Company under the Conecrive Plan sha11 continue, until or unless a renewal
franchise goes into effect. Franchisee
[SIGNATURE BLOCKS]
December 16, 1997 (1:41P�
C:\Conective Plan v4.wpd
q�_�ss�-
CORRECTIVE PLAN
December 16,1947
Institutional Network.
a. Company shall upgrade its Institutionai Network pursuant to the design and
construction schedule set forth in this Corrective Pian and the attachments to it,
which shall be incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part hereof.
The Institutional Network upgrade shall commence with the process of initial
application by Company for pernuts and site authorizations by January 15.
Construction of the upgrade shali be completed by August l, 1998, unless the
time far completion is eatended in accordance with the Corrective Plan
Agreement between the parties. The conshuction schedule is set forth in
Attachment G hereto. Within thiriy (30) days after completion of Institutional
Network upgrade construction, ali acceptance testing shail have been completed
as further described in Attachment 2-E. City confirmation of the Tnsfitutional
Network upgrade shall be provided in writing to Company in accordance with
Attachment 2-F. The Institutional Netwark shall continue to be interconnected
with flie subscriber network, except where specifically noted otherwise.
2. Upgrade Institutional Netvc ork Design and Equipment.
a. The upgraded Institutional Neiwork shall be of hybrid-fiber coaxial (HFC) design
consisting of 15 Snterconnected segments. The 15 segments of the Institutional
Network will result from 13 optical fiber truuks (each with no more than 10
amplifier cascades) and two coaxial cable truuks (each with no more than 14
amplifier cascades) and will include apprapriate switching, ali as described
generally in Attachment 2-A hereto and, more specificaliy, on the design set forth
on Attachment 2-B hereto. In addition, the Institutional Network will include two
links referred to below as"Connecting Links." The first is a direct optical fiber
link between City Hall and Company's Headend located at 1140 Sims Avenue.
This link, which includes a fiber link from the City Hall to the router at the
Headend, and a link from the City Hall Annex to the Ethernet switch at the
Headend, is more particularly described in the attachments hereto. Company also
shall place and dedicate 12 single mode fibers and 12 multi mode fibers dedicated
for City use between City Hall Annex and the Public Safety Annex located in
downtown St. Paul, as generally described on Attachment 2-A hereto and
consistent with its design reflected on Attachment 2-B hereto.
b. Basic equipment to be provided by Company and utilized in the upgraded
Instihxtional Network is as set forth in Attachment 2-C hereto. The list contains
the basic model identification and several general categories described with terms
such as generic or miscellaneous. The total group of equipment, cabie, hardware
and associated items which the Company actuaily anstalis will contain various
additional items and modules that aze not specificaliy listed However, the
c��l -1 S 5 �
Company will provide all equipment, modules, cable, connectors, hazdware, and
any additional items needed to have a totally operational Institutional Network
that is in full compliance with the operational standazds set forth herein. The
Company is responsible for maintainiug and replacing as necessary any equipment
that it provides or has provided that is to be used in the upgraded Insfltutional
Network. The Conective Plan is to result in an Institutional Netwark that can be
reliably used to provide high-quality, bi-directional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among mulfiple users, and that can
support expansion of services and transmission capabilities.
c. Consistent with Attachment 2-C hereto, Company shall provide requisite
transport switching, modulator and demodulator equipment sufficient to facilitate
a Channelization Plan as set forth in Attachment 2-D hereto. It is understood that
the Channelization Plan will change over time based on specific utilization by
institutions. The City may alter the Channelization Plan so long as it does not
interfere with the use of the channels reserved far Company's use, or the pilot and
control channels described in the Channelization Plan.
d. The Company is not required to interconnect the fiber connecting the City Hail
Annex and the Public Safety Annex to the other portions of the Institutional
Network, but the City may do so. The fibers provided will be "dark fibers." City
shall provide and be responsible for any transmission, end user, or terminal
equipment required for utilization of the City Hall Anne�Public Safety Annex
described herein.
e. Institufional users may add equipment at any time, upon providing Company
sixty (60) days advance written notice, and subject to the approval of the
Company to ensure that the equipment to be attached to the system will not
interfere with the technical performance of the network for which it is responsible.
Approval will not be unreasonably withheld, and will be deemed granted if the
Company does not disapprove of the attachment within 60 days of notice. No
approval is required for attachment of equipment in connection with the
Institutional Network upgrade.
(1) Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the
longest cascade (or, if appropriate, based on consultation with the
City, the user locafion furthest from the Headend in any given
"SegmenY' or run) from the Headend for each (29) of the primary
trunk segments off each OT'N. In addirion, each of the OT`N's and
Power Supply locations shall be monitored. This approach results
in 13 monitors at OTN locations, 29 monitors on coaYial segments
off the OTN locations and 3 monitors on coaYial only segments
q�_ ISS�-
plus 71 power supply locations. The exact location of the monitors
shall be jointly planned by the Company and city to provide the
greatest benefit to the City user community. This is consistent with
that generaily demonstrated on Attachment 2-E hereto and as more
specifically demonstrated on the design at Attachment 2-B hereto.
In addifion, status monitoring will be depioyed at the Headend.
C/4V carriers utilized for status monitoring will also be instalied at
every longest cascade on each leg of the upgraded Institutional
Network in order to facilitate testing and monitoring of the return
path.
(2) When fiber or coaYial cable and associated equipment is being
installed, replaced or relocated as part of the upgrade witlun a
location, the cable and equipment shall be brought to a point or
points within the location designated by the location.
Maintenance, Performance Standards and Testing.
a. Company shall be responsible for the ongoing maintenance and performance of
the upgraded Institutional Nerivork from a Demarcation Point through the
network, including the Headend.
b. The Demarcation Point will be as foilows:
i. For the Connecting Link between the City Hall Annex and the Public
Safety Annex, the termination point of the fiber, which shall be at a point
designated by the Ciry within those buildings.
ii. For the Connecting Link between the City Hail and the Headend,
(1) the Demarcation point for the fibers from the City Hail Annex to
the Headend sha11 be the Ethernet switch, with the Company being
responsible for that switch;
(2) the Demarcation point for the link fiu�thest from the City Hall to
the Headend sha11 be the modulators in City Hall used to place
signals on the link, with the Company being responsible for those
modulators.
iii. For the remainder of the Institutional Network that is being upgraded as
part of this plan, the Demarcation Point will be the point within the
location where the Institutional Network connects to the internal
distribufion system of that location, ar to the signal processing devices that
place the signal on the InsUtutional Network (modulatars or modems),
whichever is closest to the Headend, and not including the device except
as described below. Provided, however, that an Institutional Network
User may elect to make the Demarcation Point the outside of the building,
in which case Company wiil ensure that it can test at the outside of the
q�_tssa—
buiiding for compliance with the requirements of the Corrective Plan. If
an Institutionai Netwark User does not elect to establish the Demazcation
Point at the outside of the building, then the Company reserves the right to
charge the User Company's costs for service calls that resuit from Users
moving or otherwise abusing the interior connecrions for which the
Company is responsible.
c. Company will also be responsible for ongoing maintenance and perforn�ance and
replacement of any equipment that it provides or has provided, whether located
behind the Demarcation Point or not.
d. Company will not chazge municipal and non-commercial public sector users of
the dedicated bandwidth for maintaining or operating that portion of the network,
including transport network connections between the Tnstitutional Network, the
subscriber netwark and Citylink. Users shali be responsible for all standard
maintenance beyond the Demarcation Point and maintenance of all end user or
institution-owned equipment, except as described above.
e. Commencing with completion of construction of the upgraded Institutional
Network, Company shall implement the maintenance program set forth in
Attachment 2-F hereto. Commencing with completion of construction of the
upgraded Institutional Nerivork, Company shall assure campliance with the
performance standazds, measuring techniqaes, and testing set forth therein,
including the reliability standards.
4. Capacity available to the City.
a. The City or its designated Users will have the exclusive use of the Connecting
Links. With respect to the other portions of the Institutional Network upgraded as
part of this Conective Plan, the Company wili make available all existing
Institutional Network frequency spectrum bandwidth in each upstream and
downstream category to municipal and noncommercial public sector uses, to be
used at the city's discretion to the extent such capacity is not currently utilized by
Company for providing commercial services. If the Institutional Network's
bandwidth is increased, fifiy (50) percent of any increased bandwidth will be
dedicated to municipal and noncommercial public sector uses pursuant to a
mutually acceptable channelization plan. There will be fizll interconnection
beiween the Institutional Netwark and the remote origination points on it, the
teleconference capacities (if any) of the Insfitutional Network and the subscriber
netwark, and technical assistance will be provided in using the interconnection.
Institutional Network capacity will be provided at no charge. The Company will
maintain and operate the Institutional Network from the Demarcation Point
through the network, including the Headend, and will not charge municipal and
q� -155 3-
noncommercial public sector users of the dedicated bandwidth for mainta.iuing or
operating that portion of the network, including iransport network connecfions
between the Institutional Network, the subscriber network and city link. The
current specirum used by the Company's commercial users is 12 MHZ in the
forward path and 12 IvgIZ in the reverse path.
5. Non Commercial Use. The limitations on noncommercial use shall extend to the
upgraded Institutionai Network, inciuding the Connecting Links.
6. Free Drops.
a. As part of the upgrade, the Company will provide an Institutional Netwark drop to
every location that has an Institutional Network drop or had an Institutional
Network drop at any time prior to December 1, 1997. There wiil be no charge far
these drops. The Company is not required to provide a drop to a location that
does not desire a drop.
b. The Company shall provide, upon written request, one free subscriber and/or
Institutional Network coa�cial drop as appropriate to each public and private
school, public library branch, police and fire station, community center and public
building and to such other institutions as the city may reasonably request from
time to time, as set forth in Appendix H, Article I, Secfion 12.c. except that the
Company is only required to provide Institurional Network drops to a facility that,
at the time the request is made, is adjacent to the then-e�sting Institutional
Network path (regardless of specific accessibility}; provided that, if a requesting
location had been passed by the Institutional Neiwork prior to the upgrade, it will
be treated as passed by the Institurional Network after the upgrade .
c. Basic service will be provided free of chazge with each free subscriber network
drop path (regardless of specific accessibility).
Implementation and Management. City shali be entitled to make final decisions and is
solely responsible for making final decisions with respect to allocarion of the channel
capacity on the Institufional Network and for managing issues of use and resolving all
disputes that may arise between Users.
8. Payment. No later than December 31, 199�, Company sha11 make a payment to the City
in the amount of $280,000 to be used, at City's discretion, for any Institufional Netwark
purpose (including by way of example and not 1'unitation, fot purchase and deployment of
°f�-15.sa
modems and internal wiriug, and operarional support).
9. Confirmation. Upon confinnation of Institutional Network upgrade by City as provided
in the attachments hereto, the Company shall be deemed in compliance with all prior or
current obligations under the Franchise, and Ciry shall have no claim of any priar
violation or default of any such obligation.
10. Bond. No later than January 15, 1998, Company shall file with the City Clerk and
maintain until confirmation of Institutional Network upgrade and City AalUPublic Safety
fiber upgrade by City a performance bond, or such other security acceptable to City, in
the amount of $500,000.
I 1. Aiteration of Cable System. If the Company alters its Cable System, or moves its
Headend so that the Institutional Netwark must be changed, ox additional equipment and
facilities are required to prevent any change in the quality of service or additional costs to
the Institutional Netwark Users, the Company must make the changes or otherwise act to
ensure that the change in its plant in no way affects the Institufional Network or the City's
use of it.
0
�� I`VV �
ATTACHII�NTS
2-A Upgraded Institutional Network Topology
2-B Preliminary Institutional Network Upgrade Design
2-C Preliminary Equipment List
2-D Initial Channelization Plan
2-E Status Monitoring Location Example
2-F Maintenance, PerFonnance Standards and Testing Program
2-G Preliminary Construction Schedule
o �� _�SS a-
r�v�rr:C.��fu���.r�F�1
Overall Upgraded Institational Network Topology
The original institutional network will be reconfigured to be a series of independent
segments radiating out from the existing headend. In the upgraded institulional network,
each segment will be independent from every other segment. Each segment will be
composed of the following typical components:
• Headend passive and active devices such as splittets, combiners and amplifiers. This
will allow equipment at the headend to attach to each segment of the system.
Optical equigment. A set of optical transceivers will run &om the headend to each OTTI
(Optical Transition Node).
Coaxial based equipment. Coaxial cable and amplifiers will be used to implement the
last links in the cable to the user locations.
The system desigp calls for thirteen OTN locations. Fiber links will start at the headend
location and connect to each OTN. Coaxial ampl�er cascades beyond each OTN will be a
maximum of ten devices.
Two segarex�ts leaving the headend will remain coaxial based. These coaxial segments will
serve the users neaz the headend facility. The maximum cascade on the coaaial segments
will be fourteen devices.
In addition, there will be two fiber connecting links:
• An activated fiber connection to the headend consisting of the following (collectively
described in this conective plan as the City Hall to headend link):
1. A fiber connection from the City Hall connected to the Headend at the institutional
network router; and
2. A fiber connection from the City Hall Annex to the headend Ethernet switch.
• A dark fiber coimection from the City Hall Annex to the Public Safety Annex.
All obligations of the Company that apply to other portions of the Institutional Network also
apply to these connecting links, unless otherwise indicated.
The Institutional Network (including the connecting links other than the dark fiber links)
will include all necessary equipment so that frequencies on each segment can be reused on
each other segment to provide ma.ximum capacity and flexibility for users.
Attachmant 2-A-I
Revised December 17, 1997
a'1-�ss�
The following drawing illustrates this eonfiguration:
�
� I x
� c
J � � � � m
\, ? I � �
� F / �
� C / C
o� f 9k �
� � \ G,� ,� J V o
. �
� �
�� / a :
T LL `E / �
�j C /
. � i / �
�� � <% �.oz Goa��}o
V '���. Fiber�,�.
'(v ��
��
Coax Link Fiber Link
HeadEnd
---- ' u� ----�-----�
Fib� Coax Link
C 'M
�
� �
�
� l �� c�'� �'o
�
�� � ~C � � � �^ ':;'; �� \``�
0`v T � 4, .
V\ � �� � `' :;;; � ;:
G o`� / r ;; �F \
/ �+ �\
�/ ��.`t � `�I ♦
� �C � n `\ <!,� �
o / ° w
O ,� m I `'� �\
f� x �
�.'f} r ' �
f7 x ' V
�
Attachment 2-A-2
Ravised December 17, 1997
q� ..155 a-
Retrofitforthe School Network
The school configuration of the original institutional network for da#a transmission and
reception is based upon the Zenith Ethernet modems and is constructed as one lazge network
throughout the city. This topology will be changed in the upgraded institutional network to
reflect the new configuration of the INET system. Zenith translatois and remodulators will
be added to each segment of the cable system to support the existing Zenith equipmerrt that is
cunently in use. An Ethemet switch will be placed at the headend to link each of the
remodulators on each segment to provide the same city wide network structure.
The following illustration shows the proposed logical co�guration for this nehuork:
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Cable Zenith Zenith Cable
Remod Remod
Trunks Ethernet Trunks
Zenith SWltch Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenfth
Remod
Remod
Remod
The Ethernet switch located in the headend will be the link that allows the individual
network segments to communicate as a single network.
The following drawing shows a more detailed desctiption of the interconnection of each of
the segments in the system to the Ethernet switch:
Attachment 2-A-3
Revised December 17, 1997
��_�ss�-
Q ❑
PC with wMrol
Soilware
Zentlb Modem Coa<Link Ffie� LinK
� _ _ _ Ethernet
Switch
I `
remodulators —r
T
V
f
�
�AO'A �
Zentlb Modem '
PC
The configuration of each of the end user locations will not need to change during the
reconfiguration process. The maruier of connection at the headend will change as the
institutional nerivork is segmented from one lazge network into, essentially, fifteen smaller
and independent networks.
The PC with control soi4waze that the Company will provide will be set up so that it can be
programtned remotely by multiple users authorized by the City. The PC will be accessible
via a phone connection provided by the Company, either directly or through the Intemet, at
the City`s option.
Attachment 2-A-4
Revised December 17, 1997
q�_�55?—
Distance Learning and Video Based LinL•s
Video functions will be enhanced as part of the upgaded institutional network in order to
allow television to be used more effectively on the system at all sites. Each end user
location will be required to have several pieces of equipment:
• A modulator that will allow locally generated programming to be placed on a particulaz
chaiuiel for distribution throughout the system.
• A demodulator (television set) will allow the viewing of the progamming.
A video and audio routet (commonly called a video router) will allow for the dynamic
distribution of television progazmning. It will be integrated with the residential network
program routing and switching facilities to permit progra++�mi„g to be routed to and from the
Institutional Network. The programmable video router will facilitate the routing of video
information between multiple seg�nents in the upgraded institutional network should such
application be undertaken.
The configuration of the headend is shown in the following illustration:
Video
Oemotlulamr
DemodulaWr
DemotlNator
Demodulator
Demotlulata
oenwaviazw
OemotluleWr
pemodulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Video
programming
out to all
cable trunks
Source
��
40X3� Each Video has a
link to the router
Video
Router
Attachment 2-A-5
Revised December 17, 1997
q1-1S5�-
Appropriate modulators and demodulators will be provided to accommodate the utilization
of muYtiple video channels. Standalone demodulators will be used to remove the
proguxuivng from a particulaz source and feed it to a video router and a modulator that will
place ihe prograumvng on seg�nents of the Institutional Network. The router can allow the
switching of the programm;ng to one or more modulators for distribution through the
network should co�guration need to be changed in the future. The video router is driven
by a PC with scheduling software ihat can be programmed remotely by multiple users
authorized by the City. This soffiwaze will allow for the advance setup of program times and
channels on a one time sessions or repeat basis. The PC will be accessible via a phone
connection provided by the Company either d'uecfly or ihrough the Intemet, at the City's
option.
The typical end to end co�guration of a video link is shown in the following illustration:
Attaohment 2-A 6
Revised Decembar 17, 1997
q1-1ss}
Udeo
Modulator
Coax Link Fiber Link
_ A A��� � �
__�'y .
v�
1 ...
Demodulator
x
�
J
% N
�
LL
s
I �
I �
� U
Demodulator
Cr`�)
PC vrith control
Software
VIC�@0
Router
I f— Modulator
+-- Splitter
Y
C
J
N
a
LL
�
Demodulator
(N}
One feed in the system will have unique characteristics. A separate fiber optic cable will be
run from City Hall to the headend location. This will facilitate several channels of city
programming originated from City Hall to be dishibuted throughout the network. A
detailed description of this fiber optic link is set forth at page 2-A-9 ofthis Attachment 2.
C�ty Data Network
The city wide data nehuork wi11 be redesi�ed as part of the upgraded institutional network.
The city data nerivork will be based upon available cable modems with speeds ranging from
four megabits to as high as thii4y megabits per second on each se�nent of the system and
Attachment 2-A-7
Revised December 17. 1997
q�y .,►ss�-
100 Mbps on the connecting link to the City Hall Annex. An Ethemet switch will be used to
combine each of the individual links into one comprehensive system The diagfam on the
following page illustrates the topology of tlus network:
Ethernet
Cabie
Trunks
Headend
Ethernet
Switch
Etharnet
Ethemet
Ethernet
Fber optic line
I �� 1/ r _ 1.
Ethemet
Switch
Server
Server
II
Gity Hall
Annex
Switch
Server
Attachment 2-A-8
Revised December 17, 1997
Ethernet
Cabie
Trunks
a���tss�-
Data from the local segments of the system will be linked at the headend to an Ethemet
switch. This switch will logically link each se�nent of the system in order to integrate the
system. The switch has a one hundred megabit port that will be used to connect to another
Ethernet switch located in the City Hall Annex over a fiber optic link. The overall effect of
this configuration is:
• The headend switch integFates this traffic into a single high speed link. High
performance servers can be placed on this network in the City Ha11 Annex to serve the
data requirements of many of the user communities.
The Ethernet switch has the capacity to allow the segmentation of the nerivark into
multiple ten megabit Ethernet networks, should the institutions undertake such
utilization.
• This equipment will facilitate development of Virtual LANs down to the individual
segment ofthe system, should the institutions undertalce such utilization.
Detailed descripYion of City Hall to headend fiber optic link
A fiber optic cable will be run between City Hall and the Institutional system headend.
Three fibers will be available in this cable for city initially activated to perform the following
functions:
1 fiber analog FM video support
2 fibers city data network support
Active equipment will be placed at each end of the cable. One link will support the
transport of three video channels from City Hall to the headend router. The other link will
connect the 100 Mb ports on each of the Ethernet switches, one for the City Data Network at
the headend and a corresponding switch to be placed at City Hall Anuex.
The following drawing illustrates tivs co�guration:
Attachment 2-A-9
Revised December 17, 1997
q� -iSS �--
Modulawrs--► I I I ICity Hali
Fiber Cable
City Hali
Annex
-f
Headend
Detailed description of City Hall Annex to Public Safety Annex fiber opYic lmk
Franchisee will install 12 Muhimode and 12 single mode fibers from a point disignated by
the City in the City Hall Annex to a point designated by the City in the Public Safety Annex
At each fiber ternunation point, the Company will install temvnation block hardwaze
including standard connectors to be designated by the City, appropriately labeled, so that the
City can connect the fiber to its network.
The following drawing illustrates this configuration:
patch panel
...... ......
.......•....
Single mode
Fiber
Fiber Optic Cable
patch panel
.. .. .. .... ..
•..... ...• ..
�
Multimode
Fiber
City Hall Annex
Attac}unent 2-A-10
Revised December 17, 1997
Public Safety Annex
q�-1�S�-
Diagrams of the Headend Rack
Following is an exarnple of the layout for INET racks in the headend. The rack contain the
following equipment:
1. Ethemet switch
2. Video router
3. Management PC
4. Outbound (forwazd channels) modulators
5. Inbound (reveise channels) demodulators
6. Fiber optic transceivers for the City Ha111ink
7. Demodulators for the City Hall link
8. Fiber optic transceivers for each INET segment
9. Other equipment associated with the use or operation of the Institutional Network
u��e���
Oumwundmoaulafi�s
YdeaScem��
GibflOpu[Tr&�iscemrs
Inhoundpemotlulawrs
���
Sx�kA Piog�ammmg
oumounemoomarois
OemadulalorsforCAqHalllmk
GryNalifibnimk
Notwithstanding the above example, all institutional network headend equipment will be
assembled in a manner that is appropriate and accessible for making adjustrnents. The
actual institutional network headend equipment layout will be subject to City approval upon
completion and the City will be consulted on any future changes.
Attac}unent 2-A-11
Revised December 7 7. 1997
q� •�ssa
If the CiTy wishes to enhance the performauce of tke Institutional Network (by, for example,
activating an additional data channel or equipment that permits it to perfomt additional
functions on connecting links), it may purchase the equipment to do so, and the Company
will install it and maintain it at the headend.
Video and Audio Monitoring
The e�sting test bay used to support the subsctiber network will be used to monitor the
video on the Institutional Network for quality and troubleshooting.
Attachment2-A-12
Revised December 17, 1997
��1 � �SS�
ATTACFIMENT Z-C
EQUIPMENT LIST
Location
Parts & Labor
Part Number
I-NET
Transport Plant
Optical RC
Opticaf TXC
Status Monitoring-power supply
End Of Line Monitoring
Power supply
Thermal AGCs
0.750" coax
Coax Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Cabfe per mile
Splicing
Equipment Racks
Headend Equipment
Optical RC
Optical TXC
Misc. Ampsifilters
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Demodulators FM
Modulators AM
Videolaudio Router, AO X 32
Crestron management software
PC
Printer
Data Equipment Zenith Translator
to retroft school Zenith Remodulator
links Ethernet Switch
HP Openview
CiscoWorks management Soflware
PC
Phillips 817-1FRX
Phillips 2102A-10-TX
Cheetah CMM3
Cheetah LC1000
ALT200849
Phillips
Commscope P3-750
generic
generic
Siecor i 8 fiber SM
Generic fiber splice process
Scientific Atlanta RA-701924
Phillips RDRX
Phillips 710-TX
Cheetah HE-1000
Cheetah HEC- 3
Network Monitoring Software
Cheetah RPS
Synchronous VFMR-5000-12
SA 635�
Tahoe 40 X 32
Generic, Pentium with Win95
HP 400L DeskJet
Zenith LANNT-550-W-CE
Zenith LANREMOD-4M-44
Cisco 2926
CWPC-2.1-W1N-SMO
Generic, Pentium with Win95
Qty
13
13
71
45
25
100
1600
1
1
1
208
4
13
13
1
1
1
1
1
30
9
1
1
1
1
15
15
1
1
�
1
Attachment 2-C-1
Revised December 12, 1997
a�-�SS�
City data chan�el
Institutional N
LanCity provisioning server LCn
LanCity Transmaster LCt
LanCity headend node
LanCity miscellaneous
Media Cornerters
Ethernet Switch
LanCity LCn
LanCity LCt
LanCity LCh
Nbase 100Mb drivers
Cisco 2926
1
8
16
1
2
2
Modulators FM
Headend to City Hafl Link
Video Equipment Demodulators FM
Modulators FM
Link Materials Optical RX
Optica( TX
Fiber Cable
Fiber Mgmt F{ardware
City Haii to Pubfic Safety Link
Fiber Cable
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Synchronous VFMT-5000-12
Synchronous VFMR-5000-12
Synchronous VFMT-SOQO-12
Phi4Gps 817-1 FRX
Phillips 710-TX
Seicor
generic
Seicor burial 24 fiber SM/MM
generic
Aithough it is contempiated that the equipment listed herein will be used, company reserves the
right to substitute alternative equivalent equipment as necessary. Such equipment substituiions
will be subject to City approval, which witf not be unreasonabfy withheld.
30
3
3
1
1
4.5
4.5
Attachment 2-G2
Revised December 12, 1997
a�_�SSr
Forward
Channei
L (25)
M(26)
N(27}
O{28)
P(29)
Q(30)
R(31)
S(32)
T(33)
U(34)
V(35)
W(36)
AA(37)
BB(38)
CC(39)
DD(40)
EE(41)
FF(42)
GG(43)
HH(44)
If(45)
JJ(46)
KK(47}
LL(48)
MM(49)
NN(50)
00(51)
PP(52)
44(53)
RR(54)
SS(55)
Tl"(56)
UU(57}
W(58)
1NW(59)
XX(60)
YY(61)
ATTACHMENT 2D
CHANI�ELIZATION PLAN
Video
Carrier Functian
MHz
229.25 agc pilot
23525 Leakage
24125 sch data 1
247.25 sch data 2
25325 Sch data 3
259.25 Institution
26525 Revisors
27125 Institution
277.25 Institution
283.25 Institution
289.25 Institution
29525 Cherokee
301.25 Institution
307.25 Institution
31325 Institution
319.25 lnstitution
32525 Institution
331.25 City data 1
33Z25 City data 2
343.25 agc pilot
34925 City data 3
35525 City data 4
36125 Institution
367.25 Institution
37325 (nstitution
379.25 Institution
385.25 Institution tv 1
391.25 {nstitution tv 2
397.25 Institution tv 3
403.25 ed tv 1
40925 ed tv 2
415.25 ed tv 3
429 25 ed tv 4
427.25 ed tv 5
43325 ed tv 6
439.25 government tv
44525 government tv
Channel
Limits
MHz
228-234
234-240
240-246
246-252
252-258
258-264
264-270
270-276
276-282
282-288
288-294
294-300
300-306
306-312
312-318
318-324
324330
330-336
336-342
342-348
348-354
354-360
360-368
368-372
372-378
378-384
384-390
390-396
396-402
402-408
408-414
414-420
424-426
426-432
432-438
438-444
444-450
Attachment 2-D-1
Revised Decembei 12, 1997
a�-tSS �'
Return Channel
Channel Frequency Function Limits
T7 7 pilot & cheetah
T8 'i3 fnstitution
T9 19 Citydata'i
T10 25 City data 2
T11 31 City dafa 3
T12 37 City data 4
T13 43 sch data 2
open 49 available
2 55.25 sch data 4
3 61.25 sch data 1
4 6725 Cherokee
open NA open
5 77.25 Revisors
6 83.25 sch data 3
FM 88-90 Institution
FM(95) 90-96 Institution
FM(96) 96-102 Institution
FM(97) 1�2-1�8 Institution
A-2(98) 10925 fm tv 1
A-1(99) 11525 fm tv 1
A(14) 12125 fm tv 2
B(15) 127.25 fm tv 2
C(16) 13325 Institution
D(17) 139.25 Institution
E(18) 145.25 govenment tv
F(19) 15125 pilot
G(20) 157.25 government iv
H(21) 16325 lnstitution
I(22) 169.25 Institution
5.75-11.75
11 J5-17.75
17.75-23.75
23.75-29.75
2975-35.75
35.i5-41.75
41.75-47.75
47.75-54
54-60
60-66
66-72
72-76
76-82
82-88
$8-90
90-96
96-102
102-108
105-114
114-12�
120-128
128-132
132-138
138-144
144-150
150-156
156-162
162-168
168-174
Attaclunent 2-A-2
Revised December 12, 1997
p��„�SS 1-
ATTACI�I�NT 2-E
STATUS MOI�ITORL\G LOCATTON EXAMPLE
Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the longest cascade (or, if appropriate, based on
consultation with the City, the user location furthest from the headend in any given "SegmenY' or run) from the
Headend for each (29) of the primary trunk segments off each OTN. In addition, each of the OTN's and Power
Supply locations shall be monitored. This approach results in 13 monitors at OTN locations, 29 monitors on
coaxial segments off the OTN locations and 3 monitors on coaacial only segments plus 71 power supply
locations.
Attachment 2-E-1
Revised December 12, 1997
��_)ssa-
T'he exact location of the monitors shall be jointly planned by the Company and City to provide the greatest
benefit to the City user community.
Attachment 2-E-2
Revised December 12, 1997
�1�_�S
ATTACHMENT 2-F
MAINTENANCEPERFORMANCE
STANDARDS AND TESTING PROGRAM
A. MAINTENANCE
Additional Maintenance Staffing
Company will designate two and one-half in-house or contractor staff equivalency positions exclusively for
the purpose of assuring hi�-quality preventive and ongoing maintenance of the upgaded Institutional
Natwork. These staff positions will be in addition to the appro�mately 14 technical staff �no will be
available and have responsibilities &om tune to time for various aspects of upgraded Institutional Netvrork
performance
On-Call 5upport
Company will provide technical support 24 hours a day seven days per week. This will be accomplished
with °on-call" tachrucians who are scheduled to carry a pager and will respond to all pagas wit}un 30
minutes. This service wi11 he directly available to all Upgaded Institutional Network users. Network or data
service support must be processed by user through user's pre-designated "network manager" or point person "
before the company's on-call techsncian is paged.
Company is responsible for ensuring $at al] parts of the Institutional Network from the applicable
Demazcation Point function properly and reliable, so that the network is fully useable from each location.
The Company is also responsible for maintaining and replacing as necessary all equipment that it provides
or has provided at end user premises 6eyond the Demarcation Point, to this same end.
User's GrouplQuarterly Meetings
Company will reach out to each category of 7nstitutional Netwosk user and establish "User's Groups" to be
invited to meetings which will convene at least once each calendar quarter for the purpose of sharing ideas,
suggesting improvements, voicing concems, and receiving training on system changes or new equipmant.
These User's Group meetings and relationstups wi11 assist Company in identifying maintenance issues eazly
and should also enhance the user's understanding of the Upgaded Institutional Network capabilihes, and
thereby enhance or increase utili7ation.
Service Call Processing and Tracking
Company will set up mechanisms and procedures for all T-Net users to quickly and easily report system
trouble. These trouble or service calls will then be documented, processed, and completed in the same
manner as subscriber calls. With this documentation will coma monthly S-Net service call reports which
wi11 include a breakdown of reasons and resolution as well as call handling efficiency.
Notwithstanding the staffing, testing and equipment and response requirements set forth herein, the
Company will provide whatever in-house and/or contractor staff, spaze and equipment backup, test and
maintenance equipment and whatever additional steps are necessaty to ensure that netvrork perfom�s reliably
up to the applicab]e standazds, includ3ng reliability standazds and:
• Company will provide Institutional Network users the hi�est level of service, reliability, repair and
maintenance that is made available to any commercial or residential user of the cable system.
Attachment 2-F-1
Revised December ] 7, ] 997
� � -�SS �-
Insututional Network paths canying critical cucuits (as identified by the City) shall receive the hip�est
priority in the Franchisee's repair program.
Reliability
The Institutional Network reliability for all channels and transmission links between any hvo Demazcation
Points, plus equipment for w}nch the Company is responsible at the User premises shall meet or exceed
99.9%. This shall be taken to mean that the total cumulative outage tune at any activated Institutional
Network User site sha11 not exceed 430 minutes over the period of one year. An outage is defined as any
unscheduled event that prevents the transmission of data, video or sound on any channels at the speeds or at
the standards set forth herein because of a failure of some portion of the path or the equipment that the
Company is responsible to maintain
A failure caused by an electrical outage at the User site which prevents the User from using the Institutional
Network or power for Institutional Neriuork componenis shall not be considered a failure. Outages of any
kind caused by acts of God shall not be covered under the defuution of a failure. Normal system outages
that have been scheduled in advance hy the Company with a designated representative of the City shall not
be covered under the definition of a faflure.
At any time that any channel on the Institutional Network is known to fall below the technical standazds set
foith herein, actions shall be taken to restore the operation of the nerivork to the standards within 72 hours.
Network Frequency Response Sweep
All active portions of the I-Net will be swept for frequency response in forward (outbound) and
retum (inbound) bands every 12 months, or upon request of the city, more frequently as may be
indicated for specific problem solving, but in any event no more than one additional network
frequency response sweep per year.
B. STANDARD5 AND TESTING
System Leakage Surveillance
The Company proposes to measure leakage using a generator glaced at the headend location using a
frequency of 235.2625 MHz transmitting with a level to match that of the video cazriers at the point of
insertion into the system. The Company subscribes to the NCTA Recommended Practices section I.G.
pages 1 through 10 as it is a thorough and well understood testing process. The procedure will provide a
cahleplant that will be usahle in all channels by identifying points of egress that could also be points of
ingress. The Signal Leakage Standud shail be 10 microvolts/meter between the Headend and Demarcation
point for the $equencies in the fonvazd and reverse directions.
These tests will ba done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on
a Cable Television System for Signal Leakage Performance (attached), as referenced in the FCC CFR
section 47, Subpazt K, pazt 76.601, 76.609(h),(1,2,3,4,5).
Proof of Performance Twice Annually
Proof of performance testing will be conducted on the I-Net two times per year equivalent to that specified
by the FCC for subscriber networks. A minimum of ten test point locations will he estahlished where
feasible t}uoughout the system w}tich aze representative of worst-case performance. A minimum amount of
fifteen channels on the fonvard, and twelve channels on the rehun shall be tested at each test point location.
The Technical Stattdazds and Petformance Testing listed below are specifically for Continental Cablevision,
Attachment 2-F-2
Revised December 17, 1997
�I'1- �SS �"
St. Paul, I-Net System. Some of the testing procedures have been modified to meet the specific needs of a
High Split Retum System. Company will comply with the following minunum standards and tests:
• The Combined Cazrier to Noise Ratio Standard foz this system will be 47 dB between the Headend and
any Demazcation point for the worst-case pezformance of the fonvazd poition combined with the reverse
portion of the instatutional network. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coasial Distribution
System.
Testing will be done at the Demascation point after the last active component on the longest cascade,
and at an RF test point in tha Head End, then standard logarithmic calculations will be used to combine
the two test points. These tests will be done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Carrier to Noise Ratios (attached), as referenced in the
FCG CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(e).
• The Combined Composite Triple Beat Standazd for this system will be SS dB between the Headend and
any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the forvrard portion combined with the reverse
portion of the institutional network. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial Distribution
System.
Testing wiil be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest cascade, and at an PF
test point in the Head End. Then, a siandard logarithmic calculation will be used to combine the two
test points. These test will be dona in accordanca with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Composite Triple Beat (attached}, as referenced in the
FCC CFR section 47, Subpart I{, part 76.601, 76.609(t�.
• The Combined Composite Second Order Standazd for this system will be 58 dB beriveen the Headend
and any Demazcation point for the worst-case perfomiance of the forwud portion comhined with the
reverse portion of the mstrtuhonal nerivork. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial
Distribution System.
Testing will be done at the Demazcation point after the last active on the longest cascade, and at an RF
test point in the Head End. Then, a standazd logazithmic calculations will be used to combine the two
test points. This test will be done in accordance with tha NCTA Recommendad Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Composite Second Otder (attached), as referenced in
the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, pazt 76.601, 76.609(fl.
• The Comhined Cross Modulation standazd for this system shall be S4 dB between the Headend and any
Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the forward por[ion combined with the reverse
portion of the institutional network. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial Distribution
System.
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest cascade, and at an RF
test point in the Head End Then, a standard logarithmic calculations will be used to combine the two
test points. This tsst will he done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Cross Modulation (attachec�, as referenced in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
• In Channel Response The amplitude characteristic shatl be within a range of +(_ Zdg ¢om 0 tp 6.Q
NII3z above the lower boundary &equency using appropriate equipment for measurement of the I-Net
channel, referenced to the average of the highesY and the lowest amplitudes within the frequency
boundaries.
Attachment 2-F-3
Revised December 17, 1997
o��_�ss�-
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active component on the longest cascade,
and at an RF test point in the Head End. These tests will be done in accordance with the NCTA
Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for In Channel Response
(zttached), as refuenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, pazt 76.601, 76.609),(d)(1,2).
• Peak to valley vanations. The Company proposes conformance to the NCTA Recommendad Practices,
N
I.E. page 4 that states a figure calculated with the focmula i O + 2 for the coaxial segnents of the
cableplant. This yields a figure of 3 dB for a ten amplifier cascade and 3.5 dB for a fourteen
amplifier cascade where N iepresents the number of amplifiers in the cascade.
In addition to the foregoing, as part of this testing and the annual origination point testing, Company wil]
demonstrate that the Connecting Link &om the City Hall Annex to the Headend satisfies the standazds
specified in Section C, "Acceptance Testing".
Additional Powee Supply 7nspections
All I-Net power supplies will be inspected at least twice per year, which will include the following checks
and tests:
. Full load transfer and runtime test
• Battery condition and maintenance check, including replacement if requued
• Status monitoring functional test
• Check the logic module
Monthly End-of-Line Checking
The further ensure that the I-Net is perfornting satisfactorily, monthly checks will be perfotmed at a
minunum of ten locations that are representative of worst-case performance. These checks will, include the
following:
• RF level measurements at a11 pilot carriers and all CW camers or measurable carriers (e_g., analog video
and audio, unmodulated data, etc.)
• Leakage test
• Frequency Response on fonvard and retum
• Subjective picture quality tests, if applicable
Daily Checks
• Review status monitoring system parameters and levels
• Log the parameter values
Annual Origination Point Testing
An annual check of each data and video origination point will be scheduled with I-Net users. The test
may be waived or rescheduled at the discretion of users. These checks will include the following:
• Visual signal level at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the NCTA. Recommended
Practices for Measurament on a Cable Talevision System for Visual signal level, as stated in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, Part 76.601, 76.605 (a} (3).
Attachment 2-F-4
Revised Dacember 17, 199?
�� --1ss �—
• RF signal level variation at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the NCTA Recommended
Practices for Measurement on a Cahle Television System for Visual signal level (attached), as
referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, Part 76.601, 76.605 (a} (4).
• Awal frequency separation and deviation level at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the
NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cabie Television System (attached) as referenced
in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.605 (a) (2),(5).
• Data RF levels shall be maintainad in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measmement on a Cable Television System for Visual signal level (attached).
• Annual Interference Test. Using the Hewlert Packazd 8591 C or the Tektronix 2715 or sitnilar test
equipment and a reference carrier, the Company proposes 40 dB for the frequencies between 50 MHz
and 450 MI3z. The company proposes 30 dB for the frequencies between l 1 MHz and 50 MI3z. The
Company proposes best effort for the frequencies o£ 5 MHz throu� 1 I MIiz and the carriers in the 27
MFIz azeas. The Company reserves the ri�t not to conform to such specifications where known
continuous wave broadcast services exist. Existing areas such as the CB band, intemational AM, and
neazby police or fue service transmitters aze examples.
Documentation
All tests and checks will be docutnented and, upon request, filed with the City. At the City's request,
all testing processes may be conducted under the observation of a representative from the City.
C.ACCEPTANCETESTIlVG
The acceptance testing to determine completion of construction and comphence with the perfomiance
standazds set forth above wi116e composed of four parts:
1. Physical configuration
2. RF testing
3. Baseband video testing at the headend
4. End to end testing
Each of these areas will lead to the initial operation testing of the network, develop the tumover
documentation and form a reference for future troubleshooting
Physical Configuration
The physical configuration of the RF network will be inspected to monitor wnfoimance Attachments 2-A
and 2-B. Inspections of the cable runs and components vnll be made during the constmction process to
maintain the integrity of the design and Company shall keep records thereo£ Should a change be required,
written documentation shall be developed that outlines the reason for the change.
Equipment wi11 be tested for initial operability upon receipt ftom the manufacturer and documentarion of
such testing shall be developed.
RF Tesfing
The RF testing of the institutional netvrork cvill be perfomted in phases throughout the construction period
in order to minimiza disrugtion and consists of four steps:
1. Perform the rough balance and sweep. This will perform the initial alignment of all amplifiers,
such as level and slope, and identify any problems with the cableplant.
Attachment 2-F-5
Revised December 17, 1997
cy� _)ss s-
2. Perfomt distortion testing at the headend, each OTN and at each end of line_
3. Test the cableplant for leakage.
4. Assemble a documentation test package. This will detail the results of each test process.
I7uring the initial sweep and balance procedure all corroded connecton, amplifiers performing below
manufacturers specifications, cosoded amplifier brackets, corroded passives and damaged cables, and any
equipment or port of the system that is in disrepair or is improperly placed will be repaired or replaced.
Baseband Video Testing at the Aeadend
The baseband video equipment, including the modulators, demodulators and video router, are tested with a
VITS tester to insure compliance with manu£actures specifications. All tests are recorded to become part of
the overall system documentation.
End to End Tes4ng
All standazds in this document aze based upon the testing of each individual leg of the system and the
standalone testing of active components, such as modulators and demodulators. 6Vithin Uurty (30) days
a£ter the completion of construction of the upgrade, a Cinal end to end test will be performed after all
components have been assembled and found to be operational. This test will take place using a VITS tester
ftom up to ten locations within the system. The locations for this final end to end testing will be selected by
the City. The results of this testing will be recorded and referenced as the "typical" end to end performance
for VITS testing for the INET. The Company vril] use a VITS tester to establish standards reflecting those
pazameters listed in the NTG7 specification. This will form the baseline for future testing.
All printout &om this testing process will be entered into the overall system documentation package.
Connecting LinkData Oriented Testing
The following special tests will apply to the connecting link between the City Hall Annex to the Headand:
� The Company shall conduct a technical perfoimance test in the City's presence to demonstrate
continuity on the optical route from the point of origin to termination and compliance with the cable
manufachuer's fiber optic link loss specifications.
• On the data portion of the connecting ]ink, the Company will demonstrate that transmissions will
encounter fewer than ten to the minus eighth (10 "$) unfiltered errors.
1n addiuon, as part of the acceptance testing, the Comgany will demonstrate that the combined networks
used to transmit and receive sig��als are operating and meeting the standards for the Institutional Network
from the user perspective, regardless of the demarcation point. If the testing shows that there is a problem
with the intemal wiriug or equipment for a location that is not the Company's responsibility, the City and
the location will be so notified.
Confirmation by City
City confnmation of the institutional network upgrade shall be based on:
1. documentation developed pursuant to this Section C(Acceptance Testing).
2. the reliahility of the network after completion of the up�ade
3. physical inspection, if the City chooses to perform a physical inspection
Confumation that the Company has satisfied the first test vnll be provided within 60 days after receipt of all
documentation related to the Acceptance Testing set forth herain. Confumation with respect to the
Attachment 2-F-6
Revised Decemher 17, 1997
q�-15S�-
reliability and physical inspection shall be provided within six months, so long as Company cooperates in
any physical inspection and promptly provides proof of reliability on request. Confumation of completion
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
AtTachmern 2-F-7
Revised December 17, 1997
�i'f -IsS �-
Attachment 2-C
Saint Paul Preliminary Construction Schedu[e
Startup Phase
AC�iVi�
5 days after the INET effective
�e, commence initial application for
and site authorization
npfetion of permifs and site authorization
constitute commencement of monthly
struction scheduie set forth herein
Month 1
Activify
Actfvity and Test alf Fiber Equip. in Phase 1
Activate P.S. in Phase 1
Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 1
Rough Balance System in Phase 1
Start Const. of 3 OTN Locaiions in Phase 2
Const. Necessary Coax Run From H. E.
Percentage of System Compfete
14%
Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-1
Revised December 10, ]997
°I�-I��a
Month 2 Month 3
Activity Activity
Compiete OTN Const. in Phase 2 Compieie OTN Const. in Phase 3
Activity and Test afl Fiber Equip. in Phase 2 Activity and Test aIl Fiber Equip. in Phase 3
Activate P.S. in Phase 2 Activate P.S. in Phase 3
Resp4ice Amplifiers in Phase 2 Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 3
Rough Balance System in Phase 2 Rough Balance System in Phase 3
Start Const. of 2 OTN Locations in Phase 3 Start Const. of 3 OTN Locations in Phase 4
Const. Additional Fiber to Node # 9
Percentage of System Complete Percentage of System Complete
36% 49°l0
Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-2
Revised December 10, 1997
�I�-lssa-
Month 4 Mo�th 5
Activity Activity
Complete OTN Const. in Phase 4 Complete Rough Balance System in Phase 4
Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 4 Start Const. of 1 OTN Locations in Phase 6
Activate P.S. in Phase 4 Complete OTN Const. in Phase 6
Resplice Amplifiers in Phase4 Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 6
Start Rough Balance System in Phase 4 Activate P.S. in Phase 5
Start Const. of 1 OTN Locations in Phase 5 Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 5
Complefe OTN Const. in Phase 5 Rough Balance System in Phase 5
Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 5 Start Rough Balance System in Phase 6
Start System Acceptance Testing in Phase 1
Start System Acceptance Testing in Phase 5
Percentage of System Complete Percentage of System Complete
65% 80%
Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-3
Revised December 10, 1997
��-Iss�-
Attachment 2-G-4
Revised December 10, 1997
Council Fffe # ��=�55�
Green Sheet # G� i S/
RESOLUTION
CITY OF SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA �3
Presented
Referred To
Committee Date
1 WHEREAS, the City of Saint Paul granted a cable television franchise to Continental Cablevision of Saint
2 Paul, Inc. which became effective May 11, 1984;
3 Wf3EREAS, the franchise required Continental Cablevision to construct and maintain a cable system comprised
4 of an institutional network and a subscriber network in the City of Saint Paul,
WHEREA5 the institutional netwark is required to meet certain technical standazds, including standards in
Section XV of the Company's application, FCC standards and industry standards,
7 WHEREAS, the Transfer and Franchise Modification Agreement of November 13, 1996 required that the
8 institurional network be tested to determine if it satisfied the Company's commitments in the Franchise
9 Documents with respect to the institufional netwark, including its obiigarion to provide an institutional network
10 that could be reliably used to provide high-quality bi-directional voice, video, and daxa transmissions among
11 multiple users, and support expansion of services and transmission capabilities as contemplated by the
12 Franchise Documents, including the need far reliable higher data rates and current and emerging technologies,
13 WHEREAS, the City and Continental Cablevision agreed in the Transfer and Franchise Modification
14 Agreement that Continental Cablevision would develop a Corrective Plan far the institutional netcvork and
15 submit this Plan to the City by Mazch 15, 1997 af the tests revealed improvements were necessary, and that
16 this Plan may require the Company to upgrade, rebuild, or replace the institutional network,
17 WHEREAS, the institutional network was tested in January 1997 in accordance with the Transfer and Franchise
18 Modification Agreement,
19 WHEREAS, Continental submitted a Corrective Plan on March 14, 1997 and the City Council found this
20 Conective Plan to be inadequate on May 14,1997 and
21 WHEREAS, Continental submitted a new Corrective Plan on December 17, 1997, and
22 WIIEREAS, City staff have reviewed this new Corrective Plan and have recommended it to the City Council,
23 now, therefore, be it
24 RESOLVED, that the City Council finds the December 17, 1997 Corrective Plan to be adequate to bring the
25 insitufional network into compliance with the applicable standazds.
q�-1ss2�
2
0
Yeas Na s Absent
Blakey �
Bostrom �
Collins �/
x��s ,/
Megard ,/
Morton ✓
Thune �
� O
8 Adopted by Council;Date ��, a� �`q�
9 Adoption Certified by Council Secretary
Requested by Department of:
�
Form Approved by Ciry Attomey
�
10 By���
I��, ,� Approved by Mayor for Submission to Council
11 Approved by MayorDate 4
12 By: � " T B��
�
GREEN SHEET
Gerry Strathman 266-8575
December 22, 1997
TOTAL # OF SIGPiATURE PAGES
q�-15�
No 62181
u��� u��-
❑ diYATTOMIEY ❑ QIYCtiNK
❑ w�xw�amxcrsoue. ❑ quxew.mm�ecro
❑r�ronlaa�wsrunl ❑
(CLIP ALL LOCATIONS FOR SIGNATURE}
�ss�x
Finding Continental Cablevision's Corrective Plan to be adequate to bring the ins6tutional network into compliance with
the applicable standards.
PLANNING COMMISSION
Cl8 COMMITTEE
CN{L SERVICE CAMMISSION
IF APPROVED
OF TRANSACTION S
Hat Nis P���m ever worked under e conbact farthis EePartmeM7
YES NO
Has this pa�soMfirm e�+er 4een a aty empbyee7
YES NO
Doesthis PersoMfifm D� a sfaN nat nwmalN�eee� bY �+Y curteM cdy employee?
YES NO
Isthia pelsOMm� atargeted veMOR
YES NO
COSTRtEVQ1UE BUDGEfm (GRCLE ONhj
YES NO
SOURCE ACTIVI7Y NUMBER
INFORWiION (IXPWN)
J/' •'%,
CORRECTIVE PLAN AGREEMENT
December 22, 1997
�t� - ISS �
� �-,a�
Whereas, the City of St. Paul and Continental Cabievision ("Company") entered into a
Transfer and Franchise Modification Agreement in November, 1996 (the "Transfer AgreemenP')
that required Continental Cablevision to submit a Cosective Pian for the Institutional Network,
and to implement that Corrective Plan by August 15, 1997; and
WHEREAS that Transfer Agreement required the company provide an Institurional
Network that could be reliably used to provide high-quality, bi-d'uectional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among multiple users, and that can support
expansion of services and transmission capabilities; and
WHEREAS, the City issued allotice of Violation to Continental Cablevision in
September based upon that agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties have now agreed upon a Corrective Plan that is intended to
accomplish the goals of the Transfer Agreement, which Plan is attached hereto; and
WHEREAS the parties have further agreed that the Institutional Network upgrade
described by the Plan shall be completed by a time certain;
=�
_,
`"� IT iS THEREFORE AGREED THAT:
The Corrective Plan consists of the document entitled "Corrective Plan" and all
the attachments thereto.
2. The City accepu the Conective Plan in full satisfaction of Company's obiigation
to submit a Corrective Plan under Section 4 of the Transfer Agreement. The City
further agrees to rescind the Notice of Violation, so there is no outstanding Notice
of Violation. These agreements aze subject to the follov��ing. Company agrees
that it will comply with all its obligations under the Corrective Plan, and agrees
that each obiigation shall be fully enforceable against it, notwithstandin� any other
provision of federal, sate, or local 1aw that might othercvise preempt or limit the
enforceability of a particulaz requirement. If Company ever raises as a claim or
defense, directly or indirectly, that any part of the Corrective Plan is invalid or
unenforceable, then the City's acceptance of the same, and its rescission of the
Notice of Violation, will be nul] and void, as if the same had never occurred.
3. In the event of a conflict between the Corrective Plan, and the obligations of the
Company w�ith respect to the Institutional Network set out in Appendix H, SeMion
2 and Section 3, the Corrective Plan shali control. Company's obligations aze not
K
limited by implication. By way of example and not lunitation, Company's
obligations with respect to the CityLink are not affected by the Corrective Plan.
By way of example and not limitation, the Institutional Network technical
performance standards set forth in Section XV of the application for a franchise
that is incorporated into Append'vc H by reference are intended to be superseded
by the Corrective Plan. The parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix
H as aze appropriate to reflect this understanding, and to reflect the obligations
imposed by the Corrective Plan, including by incorporating this Agreement and
the Cosective Pian by reference into Appendix H. Pending incorQoration of this
Agreement into Appendix H, without lnniting the other provisions of this
Agreement, the City shall have ali remedies available to it that it would have, had
this Agreement and the Corrective Plan already been incorporated into Appendix
H. Any breach of this Agreement and the Corrective Plan wili also constitute a
breach of ihe franchise. During the upgrade of the Institutional Network, existing
obligations under Appendix H wi11 continue to apply until the upgraded system is
completed and operating at a particulaz location.
4. The Corrective Plan will be interpreted in the light most favorable to the City. In
the event of a conflict between portions of the Plan, the provision of most benefit
to the City will controi.
5. The parties agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of Appendix H, if the
Company fails to complete construction and activation of the upgraded
Institutional Network to the standazds set forth in the Corrective P1an by August 1,
1948, then Company will be deemed to be in default of its obligations under its
Franchise and this Agreement. Provided, however, that the time for completion
wiIl be extended if the Company files for permits and site authorizations required
from the City within the time limits set forth in the Corrective Plan, and the City
fails to act upon the permit requests and site authorizations submitted bv the
o.m anv within 30 days. The extension wili be for one day for every day after 30
that the City fails to act upon the permit requests for that part of the Corrective
Plan affected by the City's failure to act. The City, without providing any
opportunity to cure, may impose any remedy or take any action that it could ta};e
under the Franchise or this Agreement after having provided full notice and
oppommity to cure (including drawing upon the security provided for herein).
Provided, however, that the City will not take any such action without providing
the Company notice that it intends to act, the reasons why it is believed that the
Company is in defauIt, and providing the Company, in lieu of hearing
requirements that might otherwise apply, 15 days to show to the City's
satisfaction that it in fact is in full compliance with the Corrective Plan. The
notice may be provided by letter from the Cable Communications Officer. The
parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix H as may be required to
implement this provision.
2
d�'} -1 S j 2--
! 2-,�-��
6. The parties agree that this Corrective PIan is intended to address obligations of the
Company arising under its existing Franchise. It is not intended to establish the
requirements fot a renewal franchise, nor does the acceptance of this Corrective
Plan constitute an admission or evidence that the upgraded Insritutional Network
will reasonably satisfy the future cable-related needs and interests of the City.
The parties fiuther agree that there is nothing in the Corrective Plan that
constitutes a franchise fee within the meaning of federal, state or local law.
7. The parties agree that the Corrective Plan is in the nature of a settlement related to
existing obligations. The parties stipulate that implementation of the Corrective
Plan will not result in a zate increase to subscribers.
8. The upgraded Institutional Network shali continue to be available for use at no
charge to the City and its authorized Users and the ongoing obligations of the
Company under the Conective Plan shall continue, until or unless a renewal
franchise or replacement franchise goes into effect.
9. No later than January 15, 1948, the Company shall deliver to the City an
irrevocable Letter of Credit in the principal amount of $500,000, in a form and
from a surety acceptable to the City and payable to the City upon demand, upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Corrective Plan.
The Company shall, at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit,
deliver to the City a replacement for the Letter of Credit meeting these same
requirements and in a form and from a surety acceptable to the City, if the City
has not confirmed completion of the activities required by the Conective Plan 30
days prior to the expiration of the original Letter of Credit.
Provided no Event of Default has occurred and not been fully cured as pro��ided in
the Corrective Plan, upon confirmation of completion by the City, the City shall
surrender the Letter of Credit to the Company.
10. Por the purposes of Section 9 above, the following shall be "Events of Defaulr'
under this Agreement and the Corrective Plan, and the term "Event of Default"
shall mean whenever it is used in this Agreement or the Corrective Plan any one
or more of the following events:
a. failure by the Company to meet the deadline for completion of the
Institutional Network upgrade; or
b. failure by the Company to observe or perform any other covenant,
condition, obiigation or agreement on its part to be observed or performed
under the Agreement or Corrective Plan and the continuation of such
failure for a period of 15 days after written notice of such failure.
SIGNED AND AGREED TO THIS day of December, 1997
F CI OF .PAUL
�
YpR
� �`
DI�TO OF FINANCIAL SBRVICES
SIGNED AND AGREED TO THIS day of December, ] 997
FOR CONTINENTAL CABLEVTSION OF ST.
PAUL, INC.
�.�� ��
BY:
ITS: d�t.� ��s'+q�-��• t oP_uct�—c�oti:,— r�nrt
December 20, 7 997 ( I 0:54AM)
version 6
�
�
�,�-��sa--
��►a�-���
CORREC'PIVE PLAN
December 18,1947
i
2.
Insritutional Network.
a. Company shall upgrade its Institurional Network pursuant to the design and
construction schedule set forth in this Corrective Plan and the attachments to it,
which sha11 be incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part hereof.
The Institutional Network upgrade shall commence with the process of initiai
application by Company for pernuts and site authorizations by January 15, 1998.
Construction of the upgrade shall be completed by August 1, 1948, unless the
time for completion is extended in accordance with the Corrective Plan
Agreement between the parties. The construction schedule is set forth in
Attachment G hereto. Within thirry (30) days after complefion of Institutional
Network upgrade construction, aii acceptance testing shall have been completed
as fiuther described in Attachment 2-E. City co�rmation of the Institutional
Network upgrade shall be provided in writing to Company in accordance with
Attachment 2-F. The Insritutional Network shall continue to be interconnected
with the subscriber network, except where specifically noted otherwise.
Upgrade Institutional Network Design and Equipment:
�
a. The upgraded Institurional Network shall be of hybrid-fiber coaxial (HFC) design
consisting of 15 interconnected segments. The 15 segments of the Institutional
Network will result from 13 optical fiber trunks (each with no more than 10
amplifier cascades) and two coaxi�l cable trmilcs (each with no more ihan 14
amplifier cascades) and wili include appropriate switching, all as described
generally in Attachment 2-A hereto and, more specifically, an the design set forth
on Attachment 2-B hereto. In addition, the Institutional Network will include two
links refened to below as "Connecting Links." The first is a direct optical fiber
link between City Hall and Company's Aeadend located at 1 I40 Sixns Avenue.
This link, which includes a fiber link from the City Hall to the router at the
Headend, and a link from the City Hali Annex to the Ethernet switch at the
Headend, is more particulazly described in the attachments hereto. Company also
shall place and dedicate 12 single mode fibers and 12 muiti mode fibers dedicated
for City use between City Hali Annex and the Pubiac Safety Annex located in
downtown St. Paul, as generally described on Attaohment 2-A hereto and
consistettt with its design reflected on Attachment 2-B hereto.
b. Basic equipment to be provided by Company and utilized in the upgraded
Insfitutional Network is as set forth in Attachment 2-C hereto. The list contains
the basic model identafication and several general categories described with terms
such as generic or misceilaneous. The total group of equipment, cable, hardware �
and associated items which the Company actually installs wili contain various
additional items and modules that aze not specificalIy listed. However, the
Campany will provide all equipment, modules, cable, connectors, hardware, and
any additional items needed to have a totatly operational Institutional Network
that is in full compIiance with the operational standards set forth herein. The
Company is responsible for maintaining and replacing as necessary any equipment
that it provides or has provided that is to be used in the upgraded Institutional
Network. The Corrective Plan is to result in an Institutional Network that can be
reliably used to provide high-qualiry, bi-directional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among mvltiple users, and that can
support expansion of services and transmission capabilities.
c. Consistent with Attachment 2-C hereto, Company shall provide requisite
transport switching, modulator and demodulator equipment sufficient to faciIitate
a Channelization Plan as set forth in Attachment 2-D hereto. It is understood that
the Channeli7ation Plan wi21 change over time based on specific utilization by
institutions. The City may alter the Cfiannelization Plan so long as it does not
interfere with the use of the channels reserved for Company's use, ar the pilot and
control channels described in the Channelization Plan.
d. The Company is not required to interconnect the f�ber connecting the City Hall
Annex and the Pubiic Safety Annex to the other portions of the Institutional �
Network, but the City may do so. The fibers provided will be "dark fibers." City
shall provide anc! be responsible for any transmission, end user, or terminal
equipment reQuired for utilization of the City HaII Anne�Public Safety Annex
I�n__,_k described herein.
e. Institutional users may add equipment at any time, upon providing Company
sia�ty (60) days advance written nofice, and subject to the approvai of the
Company to ensure that the equipment to be attached to the system will not
interfere with the technical performance of the network for which it is responsible.
Approval will not be unreasonably withkeld, and will be deemed granted if the
Company does not disapprove of the attachment within 60 days of notice. No
approval is required for attachment of equipment in connection with the
Institutional Network upgrade.
f Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the longest cascade
(or, if appropriate, based on consultation with the City, the user locatioa furthest
from the Headend in any given "Segment" or run) from the Headend for each (29)
of the primary trunk segments off each OTN. In additian, each of the OTN's and
Power Supply locaflons shall be monitored. This approach results in 13 monitors
at OTN locations, 29 monitors on coaxiai segments off the OTN locations and 3
I
�
�.� � � � a�
� monitors on coaxial only segments plus 71 power supply locations. The exact
location of the monitors shall be jointly planned by the Company and city to
provide the greatest benefit to the City user community. This is consistent with
that generally demonstrated on Attachment 2-E hereto and as more specifically
demonstrated on the design at Attachment 2-B hereto. In addition, status
monitoring will be deployed at the Headend. C(W carriers utilized for status
monitoring will aiso be installed at every longest cascade on each leg of the
upgraded Insritutional Network in order to facilitate testing and monitoring of the
return path.
g. When fiber or coaYial cable and associated equipment is being installed, replaced
or relocated as part of the upgrade within a location, the cable and equipment shail
be brought to a point or points within the location designated by the location.
3. Maintenance, Performance Standards and Testing.
a. Company shall be responsible for the ongoing maintenance and performance of
the upgraded Institutional Network from a Demarcation Point through the
network, including the Headend.
b. The I?emazcation Point will be as follows:
i. For the Connecting Link between the City Hall Annex and the Public
� Safety Annex, the termination point of the fiber, which shall be at a point
designated by the City within those buildings.
ii. For the Connecting Link between the City Hall and the Headend,
(1) the Demarcation point for the fibers from the City Hall Annex to
the Headend shall be the Ethernet switch, wsth the Company being
responsible for that switch;
(2) the Demarcation point for the link furthest from the City Hall to
the Headend shall be the modulators in City Hail used to place
signals on the link, with the Company being responsible for those
modulators.
iii. For the remainder of the Institutional Network that is being upgraded as
part of this pian, the Demazcation Point will be the point within the
location where the Institutional Network connects to the internal
distribution system of that location, or to the signal processing devices that
place the signal on the Institutionai Network (modulators or modems),
whichever is closest to the Headend, and not including the device except
as described below. Provided, however, that an Insfitutional Network
User may elect to make the Demarcarion Point the outside of the building,
in which case Company will ensure that it can test at the outside of the
buiIding for compliance with the requirements of the Conective Plan. If �
an Institutionai Network User does not elect Yo establish the Demarcation
Point at ti�e outside of the building, then the Company reserves the right to
charge the User Company's costs for service calls that result from Users
moving or othenvise abusing the interior connections for which the
Company is respoasible.
c. Company wiil aiso be responsible for ongoing maintenance and performance and
replacement of any equipment that it provides or has provided, whether located
behind the Demazcation Point or not.
d. Company wiil not charge municipal and non-commercial public sector users of
the dedicated bandwidth for maintaining or operating that portion of the network,
including uansport network connections between the Institutional Network, the
subscriber network and Citylink, 9r for the ongc�ing maintenance performance
and reDlacement of �umeni that it i� obiigated to orrr,. Users shall be
responsibie for aii standazd maintenance beyond the Demarcation Point and
maintenance of a11 end user or institution-owned equipment, except as described
above.
e. Commencing with completion of consttuction of the upgraded Institutional
Network, Company shall implement the maintenance program set forth in
Attachment 2-F hereto. Commencing with completion of conshuction of the �
upgraded Institutional Neiwork, Gompany shali assure compliance with the
performance standards, measuring techniques, and testing set forth therein,
including the reliability staudazds.
4. Capacity available to the City.
a. The Ciry or its designated Users will have the exclusive use of the Connecting
Links. With respect to the other portions of the Institutional Nehvork upgraded as
part of this Corrective Pian, the Compa,ny wiil make available all existing
Institutional Network frequency spectrum bandwidth in each upstream and
downstream category to municipal and noncommercial public sector uses, to be
used at the city's discretioa to the e�ent such capacity is not currently utiIized by
Company for providing commercial services. If the Institutionai Network's
bandwidth is increased, fifly (50) percent of any increased bandwidth will be
dedicated to municipal and noncommerciai public sector uses pursuant to a
mutually acceptable channeliration plan. 'Fhere will be full interconnection
between the Instihrtional Netwark and the remote origination points on it, the
teleconference capacities (if any} of the Institutional Network and the subscriber
network, and technical assistance will be provided in using Yhe interconnection.
Institutional Network capacity wili be provided at no charge. The Company will
0
��
� maintain and operate the Institutional I�3etwork from the Demarcation Point
through the network, including the Headend, and will not charge municipal and
noncommercial public sector users of the dedicated bandwidth for maintaining or
operating that portion of the network, including transport network connections
between the Institutional Network, the subscriber network and city link. The
current spectrum used by the Company's commercial users is 12 MHZ in the
forwazd path and 12 MHZ in ihe reverse path.
5.
s
';�
Non Commercial Use. The limitations on noncommercial use shall e�end to the
upgraded Institutional Nerivork, including the Connecting Links.
Free Drops.
a. As part of the upgrade, the Company will provide an Institufional Netwark drop to
every location that has an Instiiurional Network drop or had an Institurional
Network drop at any time prior to December 1, 1997. There will be no charge for
these drops. T'he Company is not required to provide a drop to a location that
does not desire a drop.
b. The Company shall provide, upon written request, one free subscriber and/or
Institutional Network coasial drop as appropriate to each public and private
school, public library branch, police and fire station, community center and public
building and to such other institutions as the city may reasonably request from
time to t3me, as set forth in Appendix H, Article I, Section 12.c. except that the
Company is only required to provide Institutional Network drops to a facility that,
at the time the request is made, is adjacent to the then-existing Institutional
Network path (regardless of specific accessibility); provided that, if a requesting
location had been passed by the Institutional Network prior to the upgrade, it will
be treated as passed by the Institutional Network after the upgrade .
c. Basic service will be provided free of charge with each free subscriber network
drop path (regazdless of specific accessibility}.
Implementation and Management. City shall be entifled to make final decisions and is
solely responsible for making final decisions with respect to allocataon of the channel
capacity on the Institutional Network and for managing issues of use and resolving ail
disputes that may arise between Users.
8. Payment. No later than January l5, 1998, Company shall make a payruent to the City in
the amount of $280,�00 to be used, at CiTy's discretion, for any Institutional Netwark
purpose (including by way of example and not limitation, for purchase and depioyment of
modems and internal wiring, and operational support).
�55�
���aa-f 9?
�
Confirmation. Upon confirmation of Institutional Network upgrade by Ciry as provided �
in the attaclunents hereto, the Company shall be deemed in compliance with all prior or
curtent Institutional Network obligations under the Franchise, and City sha�l have no
claim of any prior violation or default of any such obligation.
I0. Alterafion of Cabte System. If the Company alters its Cable System, or moves its
Headend so that the Iastihrtional Network must be changed, or additional equipment and
facilities aze required to prevent any change in the quality of service or additional costs to
the Institutional Network Users, the Comgany must make the chauges or otherwise act to
ensure that the change in its plant in no way affects the Institutional Network or the use of
iY by the City or the City's anthorized users.
0
.
�
L_�
�
�
ATTACHMENT 2-A
Overall Upgraded Institutional Network Topology
The original Institutional Network wiil be reconfigured to be a series of independent
segments radiating out from the existing Headend. In the upgraded Institutional
Network, each segment wf ll be independent from every other segment. Each segment
will be composed of the following typical components:
��-)SS�
��(,a
j��
• Headend passive and active devices such as spiitters, combiners and amplifiers. This
will allow equipment at the Headend to attach to each segment of the system.
• Optical equipment. A set of optical transceivers wi11 run from the Headend to each
OTN (Optical Transition Node).
� Coaxial based equipment. Coaxial cable and amplifiers will be used to implement the
last links in the cable to the user locations.
The system design calls for thirteen OTN locations. Fiber links will start at the Headend
location and connect to each OT'N. Coaxial amplifier cascades beyond each OTN will be
a maximum of ten devices.
Two segments leaving the Headend wili remain coaxial based. These coaxial segrr�ents
wili serve the users near the Headend facility. The maximum cascade on the coaxial
segments will be fourteen devices.
In addition, there will be two fiber connecting links:
• An activated fiber connection to the Headend consisting of the following
(collectively described in this corrective plan as the City Hall to Headend 3ink):
1. A fiber connection from the City Hail connected to the Headend at the
Institutional Network router; and
2. A fiber connection from the CiTy Hali Annex to the Headend Ethemet switch.
. A dark fiber connection from the City Hall Annex to the Public Safety Annex.
All obligations of the Company that apply to other portions of the Institutionai Network
also apply to these connecting links, uniess otherwise indicated.
The Institutional Network (including the connecting links other than the dark fiber links)
will include all necessary equipment so that frequencies on each segment can be reused
on each other segment to provide maximum capacity and flexibility for users.
Attachment 2-A-1
Revised December 19, 1997
The foliowing drawing illustrates this confrguration:
�
�
I Y
� � � \ o I R
\ < + U /
\\ � � �
o � :�
i +
, \ \ �+`''� � � Uom
� 6
\ � y �
f. P_
_ �ib 7 ti `� r .-
<i v �
�4 � � K
C� zL.nk � Go ���.o
�'�� F �b
_ �Cink
V��
fe
Coax Link Fiber Link
�---- t Headend - -�y------�
piber li�k — — —
Coax LmK Coax Unk
�
� �
_ —'"'� �
�
� �� � � F C oakt', � � \ \ �
v '�� 6 Pi� ��
. y- •p - rt P �'O
0f� � � � ,F
G ° i r- f �
\
/ / F C O \
�/ C � d+ \�
Uoa / � °' � ` ��6
\
Y� �
/� � � j, �
x �
� � I
F '
�
�
�
Attachment 2-A-2
Revised Decembec I4, 1997
�
�
Retrotit for the Schoo! Network
a �-�5s a--
t �-������
The school configuration of the original Institutional Network for data transmission and
reception is based upon the Zenith Ethemet modems and is constmcted as one large
network throughout the City. This topology will be changed in the upgraded Institutional
Network to reflect the new configuration of the INET system. Zenith translators and
remodulators will be added to each segment of the cable system to support the existing
Zenith equipment that is currentiy in use. An Ethemet switch will be placed at the
Headend to link each of the remodulators on each segment to provide the same City wide
network structure.
The following i]]ustration shows the proposed logicai configuration for this network:
Cable
Trunks
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Ethernet
Switch
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
ftemod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Cable
Trunks
The Ethernet switch located in the Headend will be the link that allows the individual
network segments to communicate as a single netwark.
The following drawing shows a more detailed description of the interconnection of each
of the segments in tbe system io the Ethernet switch:
Attachment 2-A-3
Revised Decenaber 19, 1997
Q
aao
2en@� Motlem Coax Link
�___'
Fih2r Link
1 �
remodulators —�
PC with con4ol
Software
Ethernet
Switch
T
Q
A
�
s
x
1
1
oo. �
Zentth Modem '
PC
The configuration of each of the end user locations will not need to change during the
reconfiguration process. The manner of connection at the Headend will change as the
Institutional Network is segmented from one large network into, essentially, $fteen
smaller and independent networks.
The PC with control software tl�at the Company will provide wi11 be set up so that it can
be programmed remotely by multiple users authorized by the City. The PC will be
accessible via a phone connection provided by the Company, either directty or through
the Tntemet, at the City's option.
�
�
�
�
Ariachment 2-A-4
Revised Decembet 19, 1997
�
�
Distance Learnsng and Video Based Links
����
12-��a�
Video functions will be enhanced as part of the upgraded Institutional Network in order
to ailow television to be used more effectively on the system at all sites. Each end user
location will be required to have several pieces of equipment:
• A modulator that will allow locally generated programming to be placed on a
particular channel for distribution throughout the system.
• A demodulator (television set) will allow the viewing of the programming.
A video and audio router (commoniy called a video router) will allow for the dynamic
distribution of television programming. It wili be integrated with the residential network
program routing and switching facilities to pennit programming to be routed to and from
the Institutional Network. The programmable video router will facilitate the routing of
video information between multiple segments in the upgraded Instihitional Network
shouid such appiication be undertaken.
The configuration of the Headend is shown in the following illustration:
Video
SOUCC@
lN
cematlulAlw
Dpmo0l�lalor
Demodulalw
Demodula�w
Demoaulalor
Demoewamr
cemoama,c,
Demoaulamr
Modulator
Moduiator
Modulator
Modulator
Moduiator
Modulator
Modufalor
Modulator
�/idE'.O
programming
out to all
cabie trunks
40X3��ach Video has a
Video ��nk to the router
Router
r
Attachment 2-A-5
Revised December 19, 1497
Appropriate modulators and demodulators will be provided to accommodate the
utilizaizon of multiple video channels. Standalone demodulaYors will be used to remove �
the programming from a particutar source and feed it to a video router and a moduiator
tl�at wi11 place the programming on segments of the Institutional Network. The router can
allow the switching of the programming to one or more modulators for @istribution
through the network should configuration need to be changed in ihe future. The video
router is driven by a PC with scheduling soflware that can be programmed remotely by
multiple users authorized by the City. This software will allow for the advance setup of
program times and channels on a one time sessions or repeat basis. The PC wiII be
accessible via a phone connection provided by the Company either directiy or through the
Intemet, at the City's option.
The typicai end to end configuration of a video link is shown in the foilowing illustration:
�
��
L
Attachment 2-A-6
Revised December 19, 1997
� �-1SS�
��(a� ��'
�
Video
Modulator
Coax Link Fiber Link /
��{� y � \ � } � y {��� , }— r / y ,�
' _ _ V V' V �`•'-�
l
Demodu{ator
Y
C
J
�
LL
� -
� X
� O
I �
�
Demodulator
(�)
PC wit� control
Software
�
L.�I
Video
Router
I � Modufator
f--- Splitter
x
c
�
v
a
LL
Y
I �
1 x
� U
�
Remodulator
(N)
One feed in the system will have unique characteristics. A separate fiber optic cable will
be run from City Hall to the Headend location. This will facilitate severai channels of
City programming originated from City Hall to be distributed throughout the network. A
detailed description of this fiber optic link is set forth at page 2-A-9 of this Attachment 2.
City Data Network
The City wide data network wili be redesigned as part of the upgraded Institutional
, Network. The City data network wiil be based upon available cable modems with speeds
ranging from four megabits to as high as thirty megabits per second on each segment of
Attachment 2-A-7
Revised December 19, 1997
the system and 100 Mbps on the connecting link to the City Hal1 Annex. An Ethernet
switch wili be used to combine each of the individual links into one comprehensive �
system. The diagram on the following page iilustrates the topology of this network:
C i
Tr
Cable
Tru n ks
�
ServQr
�
Attachment 2-A-8
Revised December 19, 1997
� Data from the local segments of the system will be linked at the Headend to an Ethemet
switch. This switch will logicaliy link each segtnent of the system in order to integrate
the system. The swatch has a one hundred megabit port that will be used to connect to
another Ethemet switch located in the City Hali Annex over a fiber optic link. The
�
overali effect of this configuration is:
The Headend switch integrates this traffic into a single high speed 1ink. High
performance servers can 6e placed on tfiis network in the City Hali Annex to serve the
data requirements of many of the user communities.
• The Ethemet switch has the capacity to allow the segmentation of the network into
multiple ten megabit Ethemet networks, should the institutions undertake such
utilization.
This equipment wiil facilitate development of Virtual LANs down to the individual
segment of the system, should the institutions undertake such utilization.
Detailed description of City Hali to Headend fiber optic link
A fiber optic cable will be run between City Hall and the Institutional system Headend.
Three fibers wiU be available in this cabie for City initially activated to perform tbe
following functions:
i fiber analog FM video support
2 fibers city daTa network support
Active equipment wiil be placed at each end of the cable. dne link will support the
transport of three video channels from City Hall to the Headend router. 'I'he other link
will connect the 100 Mbps ports on each of Che Ethernet switches, one for the City Data
Network at the Headend and a corresponding switch to be placed at City Hall Annex.
The following drawing illustrates this configuration:
a��- �SS�
i a-I�-a
AtYachmznt 2-A-9
Revised Decembar 19, 1997
Modulators °+►
City Ha(i
Annex
+—Demodutators
Headend
Detailed description of City Hail Annex to Public Safety Annex fiber optic link
Franchisee will install 12 Multimode and 12 singie mode fibers from a point disignated
by Che City in the City Hali Annex to a point designated by the City in the Public Safery
Annex. At each f�ber termination point, the Company wili instaII termination block
hardware including standard connectors to be designated by the City, appropriately
labe]ed, so that the City can connect the fiber to its network.
The following drawing illustrates this configuration:
patch panel
.. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
Single mode
Fiber
Fiber Optic Cable
patch panel
.. .... .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. ..
1
Multimode
Fiber
City Hall Annex
Attachmeat 2-A-10
Revised December 19, 1997
Public Safety Annex
�
�
Diagrams of the Headend Rack Gt�} -\ S 5`�`
l�-�a
� Following is an example of the layout for INET racks in the Headend. The rack contain
the following equipment:
1. Ethemet switch
2. Video router
3. Management PC
4. Outbound (fonvard channeis) modulators
S. Inbound (reverse channels) demodulators
6. Fiber optic transceivers for the City Hall link
7. Demodulators for the City Hall link
8. Fiber optic transceivers for each INET segment
9. Other equipment associated with the use or operation of ihe Institutional Network
cuw Eureme�s�wan
OulbpunG mpCUlators
VNC-0Swtich
�
FrEU Op�cTranscevvers
InhounG PerMdulabrs
4'�'�—�—''
SwnNProgremmrg
OuWOwd motlWabrs
DemoOwabrs br Qty Mall L�nk
Gty Hafl9ber IiM.
Notwithstanding the above example, all Institutional Network Headend equipment wiil
be assembled in a manner that is appropriate and accessible for making adjustments. The
actual Institutional Network Headend eqtupme��t layout will be subject to City approval
� upon completion and the City will be consuited on any future changes.
Attachment 2-A-1 I
Revised December 19, 1997
If Yhe City wishes to enhance the performance of Yhe Institulional Network (by, for
example, activating an additional data channel or equipment that permits it to perform .
additionai functions on connecting links), it may purchase the equipment to do so, and the
Company will insfall it and maintain it af the Headend.
Video and Audio Monitoriug
The existing test bay used to supporf the subscriber network will be used to monitor fhe
video on the Institutional Network for quality and troubleshooting.
�
r
�
Attachment 2-A-12
Revised December 19, 1997
�
�
�
ATTACHMENT 2-C
EQUIPMENT LIST
Location
i-NET
Transport Piant
Parts 8� Labor
Optical RC
Optical TXC
Status Monitoring-power supply
End Of Line Monitoring
Power suppiy
Thermai AGCs
0.750"coax
Coax Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Cable per mile
Splicing
Equipment Racks
Part Number
Phillips 817-1 FRX
Phillips 2102A-10-TX
Cheetah CMM3
Cheetah LC70�0
ALT200849
Phillips
Commscope P3-750
generic
generic
Siecor 18 fiber SM
Generic fiber splice process
Scientific Adanta RA-701924
Headend Equipment
Data Equipment
to retrofit school
Iinks
Optical RC
Opticai TXC
Misc. Ampslfilters
Status Monitoring
Stakus Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Demodulators FM
Modulatocs AM
Videolaudio Router, 40 X 32
Crestron management software
PC
Printer
Zenith Translator
Zenith Remodulator
Ethernet Switch
Phillips RDRX
Phillips 710-TX
Cheetah HE-1000
Cheetah HEG 3
Network Monitoring Software
Cheetah RPS
Synchronous VFMR-5000-12
SA 6350
Tahoe 40 X 32
Generic, Pentium with Win95
HP 400L DeskJet
Zenith LANNT-550-W-CE
Zenith LANREMOD-4M-44
Cisco 2926
HP Openview
CiscoWorks managemeM Software CWPG2.1-WIN-SMO
pC Generic, Pentium with Win95
�t� - lss�—
t 2
Qty
13
13
71
45
25
100
16�0
1
1
1
2Q8
4
13
13
1
1
1
1
1
30
9
1
1
1
1
15
15
1
1
1
1
Attachment 2-C-I
RevisedDecember S9, 1997
City data channei
Institutional N
LanCity provisioning server LGn
LanCity Transmaster LCt
LanCity Headend node
LanCity misceilaneous
Media Converters
Ethernet Switch
Modulators FM
Headend to City Nall Link
Video Equipment Demodulafors FM
Modulators FM
Link Materials Opfica! RX
Optical 7X
Fiber Cabie
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Ethernet Switch
�Media Converters
City Hali to Public 5afety Link
Fiber Cable
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
LanCity LCn
LanGity LCt
LanCify LCh
Nbase 100Mbps drivers
Cisco 2926
Synchronous VFMT-5�00-12
Synchronous VFMR-5Q00-12
Synchronous VFMT-5000-12
Phillips 817-'! FRX
Phillips 710-TX
Seicor
generic
Cisco 2926
Nbase 100Mbps drivers
Seicor buri2124 fiber SM/MM
generic
Although it is contemplated that the equipment listed herein wiii be used, company reserves the
right to substitute aiternative equivalenl equipment as necessary. Such equipment substitutions
will be subject to City approval, which wiil not be unreasonably withheld.
1 � 8
16
1
1
1
30
3
3
1
1
4.5
4.5
1
1
1
1
\_�
�
Attachment 2-G2
Revised December 19, 1997
�
�
�i
ATTACHMENT2D
CHANNELIZATION PLAN
Forward Video
Channei Carrier Functian
MHz
L (25) 22925 agc pilot
M(26) 235.25 Leakage
N(27) 24125 sch data 1
O(28) 24725 sch data 2
P(29) 253.25 Sch data 3
Q(30) 259.25 Institution
R(31) 265.25 Revisors
S(32) 271.25 Institution
T(33) 277.25 Institution
U(34) 283.25 lnstitution
V(35) 289.25 Institution
W(36} 29525 Cherokee
AA(37) 301.25 institution
BB(38j 30725 Institution
CC(39) 31325 Institution
DD(40) 319.25 Institut�on
EE(41) 32525 lnstitution
FF(42) 331.25 City data 1
GG(43) 33725 City data 2
HH(44) 343.25 agc pilot
Il(45) 349.25 City data 3
JJ(46) 355.25 City data 4
KK(47) 361.25 Institution
LL(48) 36725 institution
MM(49) 373.25 Institution
NN(50) 37925 Institution
00(51) 385.25 institution tv 1
PP(S2) 38125 institution tv 2
QQ(53} 397.25 Institution tv 3
RR(54} 403.25 ed tv 1
SS(55) 409.25 ed tv 2
TT(56) 415.25 ed tv 3
UU(57} 421,25 ed tv 4
W(58) 427.25 ed tv 5
WW(59) 43325 ed tv 6
XX(60) 439.25 government tv
YY(61) 445.25 government tv
Channel
Limits
M Hz
226-234
234-240
2A�-246
246-252
252-258
25&264
264-27Q
270-276
276-282
282-288
288-294
294-300
300-306
306-312
312-318
318-324
324-330
330336
336-342
342-348
348-354
354-360
360-368
3fi8-372
372-378
378-384
384-390
390-396
396-402
402-408
408-414
414-420
azo-azs
426-432
432-438
438-444
444-450
Attachment 2-D-1
Revised December 19, 1997
�*1-1
���aa-�q�
Return Channel �
Channel Frequency Function Limits
T7 7 pilot & cheetah
T8 13 Institution
T9 19 City data 1
T10 25 City data 2
T11 31 City data 3
T12 37 City data 4
T73 43 sch data 2
open 49 available
2 5525 sch data 4
3 6i 25 sch data 1
4 67.25 Cherokee
open NA open
5 7725 Revisors
6 8325 sch data 3
FM 88-90 fnstifution
FM(95) 90-96 Institution
FM(96) 96-102 Institution
FM(97) 102-108 lnstitutior�
A-2(98} 10925 fm tv 1
A-1(99) 115.25 fm tv 1
A(14) 92125 fm tv 2
B(15) 127.25 fm tv 2
C(16) 133.25 (nstitution
D{17) 139.25 institution
E(18j 145.2� govenment tv
F(19) 15125 pilot
G(20) 157.25 government tv
H(21) 163.25 instifution
1(22) 169.25 institution
5.75-T 1.75
11.75-17.75
17.75-23.75
23.75-29.75
29.75-35.75
35.75-4175
49.75-47.75
47.75-54
54-60
60-66
66-72
72-76
76-82
82-88
88-90
90-96
96-102
102-108
108-114
i14-120
120-12$
128-132
132-138
138-144
144-150
150-156
156-162
162-168
168-174
�
�
Attachment 2-D-2
Revised December 19, 2997
�
�
.
ATTACHMENT 2-E
STATUS MONITORING LOCATION EXAMPLE
���iss�--
a�������1
Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the longest cascade (or, if
appropriate, based on consultation with the City, the user location furthest from the
Headend in any given "SegmenY' or run) from the Headend for each (29) of the primary
trunk segments off each OTN. In addition, each of the OTN's and Power Supply
locations shall be mwiitored. This approach results in 13 monitors at OTN locations, 29
Attachment 2-E-1
Revised December 19, 1997
monitors on co�ial segments off the OTN locations and 3 monitors on coa�cial only
segments pIus 71 power supply locations. �
The exact location of the monitors shall be joinfly planned by the Company and City to
provide the greatest benefit to the City user community.
�
�
Attachment 2-E-2
Revised December 19, t997
�t� � 155a-
�
ATTACHR4ENT 2-F
MAINTENANCE PERFORMANCE
STANAARDS AND TESTING PROGRAM
j � � 2a � �1`�
�
A. MAINTENANCE
Additiottat D4aintenance Staffing
Company will designate two and one-half in-house or contractor staff equivalency
positions exclusively for the purpose of assuring high-quality preventive and ongoing
maintenance of the upgraded Institutional Network. These staff positions will be in
addition to the approximately 14 technical staff who wiil be available and have
responsibilities from time to time for vazious aspects of upgraded Institutional Network
performance
On-Call Support
Company wili provide technicai support 24 hours a day seven days per week. This will
be accompiished with "on-cail" technicians who ue scheduled to carry a pa�er and wili
respond to all pages within 30 minutes. This service will be directly available to ali
Upgraded Tnstitutional Network users. Network or data service support must be processed
by user through user's pre-designated "network manager" or point person before the
company's on-call technician is paged,
Company is responsibie for ensuring that all parts of ihe Tnstitutional Network from the
applicable Demarcation Point function properly and reliable, so that the network is fiilly
useable from each location. The Company is also responsible for maintaining and
replacing as necessary all equipment that it provides or has provided at end user premises
beyond the Demarcation Point, to this same end.
User's GroaplQuarterly Meetings
Company will reach out to each category of Institutional Network user and estabiish
"User's Groups" to be invited to meetings which wili convene at least once each calendar
quarter for the putpose of sharing ideas, suggesting improvements, voicing concems, and
receiving training on system changes or new equipment. These User's Group meetings
and relationships will assist Company in identifying maintanance issues eazly and shou]d
aiso enhance the user's understanding of the Upgraded Institutional Neiwork capabi]ities,
and thereby enhance or increase utilization.
Anachment 2-F-1
Revised December 19, i997
Service Call Processing and Tracking �
Company will set up mechanisms and procedares for all T-Net users to quickly and easily
reporE system trouble. These tronble or service calIs will then be documented, processed,
and completed in the same manner as subscriber calls. With this documentation witl
come monthly I-Net service call reports which will include a breakdown of reasons and
resolution as well as cal] handling efficiency.
Notwithstanding Yhe staffing, testing and equipment and response requirements set forth
herein, the Company will provide whatever in-house and/or contractor staff, spare and
equipment backup, test and maintenance equipment and whatever additional steps are
necessary to ensure that network performs reliably up to the applicabie standards,
including reliability standards and:
• Company will provide Institutional Network users the highest level of service,
reliability, repair and maintenance that is made available to any commercial or
residential user of the cable system.
• Institutional Network paths canying critical circuits (as identified by ihe City) shall
receive the highest priority in the Franchisee's repair program.
Retiability ,
The Institutional Network reIiability for all channels and transmission links beriueen any �
two Demazcation Points, plus equipment for which the Company is responsible at the
User premises shall meet or exceed 99.9%. This shall be taken to mean thaY fhe total
cumularive outage time at any activated Institutional Network User site shail not exceed
430 minutes over the period of one year. An outage is defined as any unscheduled event
that prevents the transmission of data, video or sound on any channels at the speeds or at
the standards set forth herein because of a failure of some portion of the path or the
equipment that the Company is responsible to maintain.
A failure caused by an electrical outage at the User site which prevents the User from
using ihe Ins[itutional Network or power for Institutional Network components shall not
be considered a failure. Outages of any kind caused by acts of God shall not be covered
under the definition of a faiIure. Normal system outages that have been scheduled in
advance by the Company with a designated representative of the City shall not be covered
under the definition of a failure.
At any time That any channel on the Tnstitufional Network is known to fall below the
technical standards set forth herein, actions shall be taken to restore the operation of the
network to the standards within 72 hours.
Attachment 2-F-2
Revised December 19, 199�
°4'1-1 SS2-
�
Network Frequency Response Sweep
�a�����
�
L
Ali active portions of the I-Net wiil be swept for frequency response in forwazd
(outbound) and return (inbound) bands every 12 months, or upon request of the City,
more frequently as may be indicated for specific problem solving, but in any event no
more than one additional network frequency response sweep per year.
B. STANDARDS AND TESTING
System Leakage Surveillance
The Company proposes to measure leakage using a generator placed at the Headend
location using a frequency of 235.2625 MHz transmitting with a level to match that of the
video carriers at the point of insertion into the system. The Company subscribes to the
NCTA Recommended Practices section I.G. pages l through 10 as it is a thorough and
well understood testing process. The procedure will provide a cableplant that will be
usable in all channels by identifying points of egress that could also be points of ingress.
The Signal Leakage Standard shail be 10 microvoltslmeter between the Headend and
Demarcation point for the frequencies in the forward and reverse directions.
These tests will be'done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Signai Leakage Perfom�ance (attached),
as referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.bQ1, 76.609(h),(1,2,3,4,5).
Proof of Performance Twice Annually
Proof of performance testing will be conducted on the I-Net two Times per year
equivalent to that specified by the FCC for subscriber networks. A minimum of ten test
point locations will be established where feasible throughout the system which are
representative of worst-case performance. A minimum amount of fifteen channels on the
forward, and tweive channels on the return shail be tested at each test point location. The
Technical Standards and Performance Testing listed below are specifically for
Continental Cablevision, St. Paul, I-Net System. Some of the testing procedures have
been modified to meet the specific needs of a High Split Return System. Company will
compiy with the following minimum standards and Yests:
The Combined Carrier to Noise Ratio Standard for this system will be 47 dB between
the Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the
forward portion combined with the reverse portion of the Institutional Network. This
inciudes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxiai Distribution System.
Attachment 2-F-3
Revised December 19, 1997
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active component on the
longest cascade, and aY an RF test point in the Head End, then standard logarithmic �
calculations wiil be used to combine the two test points. These tests wiil be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Gabie
Television System for Carrier to Noise Ratios (attacked), as referenced in the FCC
CFR section 4�, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(e).
• The Combined Composite Trip1e Beak Standard for this system will be 55 dB
between the Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of
the forward portion combined with The reverse gortion of the Institutional Network.
This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coa�rial Distribution SysTem.
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point a8er the last active on the longest
cascade, and at an PF test point in the Head End. Then, a standard logarithmic
calculation will be used to combine the two test points. These test will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cabie
Television System for Comgosite Triple Beat (attached), as referenced in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
• The Combined Composite Second Order Standard for this system will be 58 dB
between the Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of
the forward portion combined with the reverse portion of the Institutional Network.
This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial Distribution System. �
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest
cascade, and at an RF test point in the Head End. Then, a standard logarithmic
calculations will be used to combine the twa test points. This test will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable
TeIevision System for Composite Second Order (attached), as re£erenced in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
The Combined Cross Modulation standard for this system shalI be 54 dB between the
Headend and any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the forward
portion combined witk the reverse portion of the Insiitutional Network. This includes
the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial DisYribution System.
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest
cascade, and aY an RF test point in the Head End. Then, a standard logaziflunic
calculations will be used to combine the two test points. This test will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable
Television System for C�oss Modulation (aitached), as referenced in the FCC CFR
section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
�
�
Attachment 2-F-4
Revised Decembei 19, 1997
' ��_l S�a-
�a�aa��`4�
� • In Channel Response The amplitude chazacteristic shall be within a range of +{- 2dB
from 0 to 6.0 MHz above the lower boundary frequency using appropriate equipment
for measurement of the I-Net channel, referenced to the average of the highest and the
lowest amplitudes within the frequency boundaries.
Testing will be done at the Aemarcation point ai�er the last active component on the
longest cascade, and at an RF test point in the Head End. These tests will be done in
accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable
Television System for In Channel Response (attached), as referenced in the FCC CFR
section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.604},(d)(1,2).
Peak to valley variations. The Company proposes conformance to the NCTA
Recommended Practices, I.E. page 4 that states a figure calculated with the formula
i Q + 2 for the coaxial segments of the cableplant. This yields a figure of 3 dB for a
ten amplifier cascade and 3.5 dB for a fourteen amplifier cascade where N represents
the number of amplifiers in the cascade.
Tn addition to the foregoing, as part of this testing and the annual origination point
testing, Company will demonstrate that the Connecting Link from the City Hall Annex to
the Headend satisfies the standards specified in Section C, "Acceptance Testing".
� Additional Power Supply Inspections
All I-Net power supplies will be inspected at least twice per year, which will include the
following checks and tests: �
• Full load transfer and nmtime tesi
• Battery condition and maintenance check, including replacement ifrequired
• Status monitoring functional test
• Check the logic module
Monthly End-of-Line Checking
The further ensure that the I-Net is performing satisfactorily, monthly checks wili be
performed at a minimum of ten locations that are representative of worst-case
perfarmance. These checks will, include the following:
• RF level measurements at all pilot carriers and all CW carriers or measurable carriers
(e.g., analog video and audio, unmodulated data, etc.)
• Leakage test
• Frequency Response on forward and return
� • Subjective picture quality tests, if applicabie
Attachment 2-F-5
Revised December 19, 1997
Daily Checks
Review status monitoring system parameters and levels
Log the parameter vatues
Annuai Origination Point Testing
An annual check of each data and video origination point will be scheduled with I-Net
users. The tesY may be waived or rescheduled at the discreYion of users. These checks
will include the following:
• Visual signal level at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the NCTA.
Recommended Praetices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for Visuai
signallevei, as stated in the FCC CFR section 47, 5ubpart K, Part 76.601, 76.605 (a}
(3).
• RF signal ]evel variation at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the
NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for
Visual signal level (attached), as referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Snbpart K,
Part 76.b01, 76.605 (a) (4).
�
• Aural frequency separation and deviation level at the institutiona2 site shall be in
accordance wit'h the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable �
Television System (attached) as referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K,
part 76.60I, 76.605 {a) {Z),{5}.
• Data RF levels shall be mainTained in accordance wiTh the NCTA Recommended
Practices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for Visual signal level
(attached).
• Annual Interference Test. Using the Hewlett Packard 8591 C or the Tektronix 2715 or
similar test equipment and a reference carrier, the Company proposes 40 d$ for the
frequencies between 50 MHz and 450 MHz. The company proposes 30 dB for the
frequencies between i i MHz and 50 MHz. The Company proposes best effort for the
frequencies of 5 MHz through I 1 MHz and the carriers in the 27 MHz azeas. The
Company reserves the right not to conform to such specifications where known
continuous wave broadcast services exist. E�cisting areas such as the CB band,
inTernational AM, and nearby police or fire service transmitters are examples.
�
Attachment Z-F-6
Revised December 14, 1997
Documentation
� Ail tests and checks will be documented and, upon request, filed with the City. At the
City's reguest, ali testing processes may be conducted under the observation of a
representative from the City.
C. ACCEPTANCE TESTING
q�—ISS
�a�a�-1�7
The acceptance testing to determine completion of constzuction and compliance with the
performance standards set forth above wi11 be composed of four parts:
i. Physical configuration
2. RF testing
3. Baseband video testing at the Headend
4. End to end testing
Each of these areas will lead to the initial operation testing of the network, develop the
tumover documentation and form a reference for future troubleshooting.
Physical Coafiguration
� The physical configuration of the RF network will be inspected to monitor conformance
Attachments 2-A and 2-B. Inspections of the cable runs and components will be made
during the coi�struc[ion process to maintain the integrity of the design and Company shall
keep records thereof. Should a change be required, written documentation shall be
developed that outlines tbe reason for the change.
Equipment will be tested for initial operability upon receipt from the manufacturer and
documentation of such testing shall be developed.
RF Testing
The RF testing of the Iustitutional Network will be performed in phases throughout the
construction period in order to minimize disruption and consists of four steps:
i. Perform the rough balance and sweep. This wili perform the initial alignment of
all amplifiers, such as level and slope, and identify any problems with the
cableplant.
2. Perform distortion testing at the Headend, each OTN and at each end of line.
3. Test the cableplant for leakage.
4. Assemble a documentation test package. This will detail the results of each test
� process.
Attachment 2-F-7
Revised December 19, 1997
During the initial sweep and balance procedure ali conoded connectors, amplifiers
performing below manufacturers specifications, corroded amplifier brackets, conoded �
passives and damaged cables, and any equipment or part of the system that is in disrepair
or is improperIy placed will be repaired or repIaced.
Baseband Video Testing at the Aeadend
The baseband video equipment, including the modulators, demodulators and video router,
are tested with a VITS Yester to insnre compliance with manufactures specifications. All
tests are recorded to become part of the overall system documentation.
End to End Testing
All standards in this document aze based upon the testing of each individual leg of the
system and the standalone testing of active components, such as modulators and
demodulators. Within tt�irty (30) days after the completion of construction of the
upgrade, a final end to en8 test will be performed after all components have been
assembled and found to be operational. This test will take place using a VITS tester from
up to ten locations within the system The locations for this &nal end to end testing wiit
be selected by the City. The results of this testing will be recorded and referenced as the
"typical" end to end performance for VITS testing for the INET. The Company wi11 use a
VITS tester to establish standards reflecting those parameters listed in the NTC-7
specification. This witl form the baseline for future testing.
All printout from this testing process witl be entered into the overall system �
docvmentation package.
Connecting Link Data Oriented Testing
The foilowing special tests will apply to the Connecting Links between the City Hali
Annex to the Headend:
• The Company shall conduct a technical performance test in the City's presence to
demonstrate continuity on the optical route from the point of origin to termination and
compliance with the cable manufacturer's fiber optic tink loss specifications.
• On the data portion of the Connecting Links beiween the City Hall f�nnex to the
Headend, the Company will demonsirate that transmissions will encounter fewer than
ten to the minus eighth (10 "$) unfiltered errors.
In addition, as part of the acceptance testing, the Company wi11 demonstrate that ihe
combined networks used to transmit and receive signats are operating and meeting the
standazds for the InstiYutional Network from the user perspective, regardless of the
demarcation point. If the testing shows that there is a problem with the intemal wiring or
equipment for a location that is not the Company's responsibi3ity, the City and the
location wili be so notified. �
Attachment 2-F-8
Revised December 19, 1997
Confirmation by City
� City confirmation of the Institutional Network upgrade shall be based on:
1. documentation developed gursuant to this Section C(Acceptance Testing).
2. the reliability of the network after completion of the upgrade
3. physical inspection, if the City chooses to perform a physical inspection
�i�-1s
13� 2-a-� `��l
Confirmation that the Company has satisfied the first test will be provided within 60 days
after receipt of all documentation related to the Acceptance Testing set forth herein.
Confirmation with respect to the reliability and physical inspection shali be provided
within six months, so long as Company cooperates in any physical inspection and
promptly provides proof of reliability on request. Confirmation of completion shall not
be unreasonably withheld.
•
,
Attachment 2-F-9
Revised December 19, 1997
Attachment 2-G
Saint Paul Prelimiqary Construction Schedule
Activity
;e, commence initial application for
and site authorization
npletion of permits and site authorization
canstitute commencement of monthly
struction schedule set forth herein
Activity
Const. 3 OTN's in Phase 1
Activify and Test al! Fiber Equip. in Phase 9
Activate P.S. in Phase 1
Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 1
Rough Baiance System in Phase 1
Start Const. of 3 OTN Locations in Phase 2
Gonsi. Necessary Coax Run From H. E.
Perce�tage of System Complete
74%
Locations:
'! - Southwest
2 - South, Southeast
3 - North
4 - Norihwest
5 - Downtown
6 - Northeast
�
r
L—
Attachment Z-G-1
Revised December 19, 1997
a �_4�sa—
i�{a��
�
�
�
Month 2 Month 3
Activity Activity
Compiete OTN Const. in Phase 2 Complete OTN Const. in Phase 3
Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 2 Activity and Test aIl Eiber Equip. in Phase 3
Activate P.S. in Phase 2 Activate P.S. in Phase 3
Respiice Amplifiers in Phase 2 Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 3
fZough Balance System in Phase 2 Rough Balance System in Phase 3
Start Const. of 2 OTN Locations in Phase 3 Start Const. of 3 OTN Locations in Phase 4
Const. Additional Fiber to Node # 9
Percentage of System Complete Percentage ot System Compiete
36% 49%
' Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-2
Revised December 19, 1997
Month 4 Month 5
Activity Activity
Complete OTN Const. in Phase 4 Complete Rough Balance System in Phase 4
Activity and Test atl Fiber Equip. in Phase 4 Start Consf. of 1 OTN Locations in Phase 6
Activate P.S. in Phase 4 Complete OTN Const. in Phase 6
Respfice Amptifiers in Phase4 Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 6
Start Rough Balance System in Phase 4 Activate P.S. in Phase 5
Start Const. of i OTN Locaiions in Phase 5 Resplice Amptifiers in Phase 5
Compiete OTN Const. in Phase 5 Rough Balance System in Phase 5
Activity and Test a!I Fiber Equip. in Phase 5 Start Rough 6alance System in Phase &
Start System Acceptance Testing in Phase 1
Start System Accepiance Testing in Phase 5
Percentage of System Complete Percentage of System Complete
65% 80%
' Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest �
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - NorthwesY
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
�
�
Attachment 2-G3
Revised December 19, 1997
�
�
�
Gt � a.( � 2
Attachment 2-G-4
Revised December 19, 1997
9�t- tss�.
CORRECTIVE PLAN AGREEMENT
Whereas, the City of St. Paul and Continental Cablevision ("Company") entered into a
Transfer and Franchise Modification Agreement in November, 1996 (the "Transfer Agreement")
that required Continental Cablevision to submit a Correcrive Plan far the Institutional Network,
and to unplement that Corrective Plan by August 15, 1997; and
WFIEREAS that Transfer Agreement required the company provide an Institutional
Network that could be reliably used to provide high-quality, bi-directional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among multiple users, and that can support
expansion of services and transmission capabilities; and
WHEREAS, the City issued a Notice of Violation to Continental Cablevision in
September based upon that agreement; and
WHEREAS, the parties have now agreed upon a Corrective Plan that is intended to
accomplish the goals of the Transfer Agreement, which Plan is attached hereto; and
WHEREAS the parties have further agreed that the Institutional Network upgrade
described by the Plan shail be completed by a time certain;
IT IS THEREFORE AGREED THAT:
The Conective Pian consists of the document enritled "Corrective Plan" and all
the attachments thereto.
2. The City accepts the Conective Plan in fuil satisfaction of Company's obligation
to submit a Corrective Plan under Section 4 of the Transfer Agreement. The Ciry
further agrees to rescind the Notice of Violation, so there is no outstanding Notice
of Violation. These agreements are subject to the following. Company agrees
that it will comply with all its obligafions under the Conective Plan, and agrees
that each obligation shail be fully enforceable against it, notwithstanding any other
provision of federal, sate, or locallaw that might otherwise preempt or limit the
enforceabiliiy of a particular requirement. If Company ever raises as a claim or
defense, direcfly or andirectly, that any part of the Conective Plan is invalid or
unenforceable, then the City's acceptance of the same, and its rescission of the
Notice of Violation, will be null and void, as if the same had never occurred.
3. In the event of a conflict between the Conective Plan, and the obligations of the
Company with respect to the Institutional Network set out in Appendix H, Section
��_��sa-
2 and Section 3, the Corrective Plan shall control. Company's obligations are not
lnnited by implicafion. By way of example and not limitation, Company's
obligations with respect to the CityLink aze not affected by the Correcfive Plan.
By way of example and not limitation, the technical performance staudards set
forth in Section XV of the application far a franchise that is incorporated into
Appendix H by reference are intended to be superseded by the Corrective Plan.
The parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix H as are appropriate to
reflect this undezstanding, and to reflect the obligarions nnposed by the Corrective
Plan. During the upgrade of the Insritutional Network, e�cisting obligations under
Appendix H will continue to apply until the upgraded system is completed and
operating at a particular location.
4. The Corrective PIan will be intezpreted in the light most favorable to the City. In
the event of a conflict between portions of the Plan, the provision of most benefit
to the City will control.
5. The parties agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of Appendix H, if the
Company fails to complete construction and activation of the upgraded
Institutional Network to the standards set forth in the Conective Plan by August 1,
1998, then Company will be deemed to be in default of its obligations under its
Franchise and tlus Agreement. Provided, however, that the tune for completion
will be extended if the Company files for perxnits and site authorizations required
from the City within the time limits set forth in the Coirective Plan, and the City
fails to act upon the pernvt requests and site authorizations submitted by it within
30 days. The extension will be for one day for every day after 30 that the City
fails to act upon the pernut requests for that part of the Corrective Plan affected by
the City's failure to act. The City may, without providing any opportunity to cure,
may then impose any remedy or take any action that it could take under the
Franchise after having provided full notice and opportunity to cure, and may
additionally draw upon the perfotmance bond established under the Corrective
Plan. Provided, however, that the City wi11 not take any such action without
providing the Company notice that it intends to act, the reasons why it is believed
that the Company is in default, and providing the Company, in lieu of hearing
requirements that might otherwise apply, 15 days to show to the City's
satisfaction that it in fact is in full compliance with the Corrective Plan. The
notice may be provided by letter from the Cable Communications Officer. The
parties agree to make such amendments to Appendix H as may be required to
implement this provision.
6. The partaes agree that this Corrective Plan is intended to address obiigations of the
Company arising under its existing Franchise. It is not intended to establish the
requirements for a renewal franchise, nor does the acceptance of ttus Conective
Plan constitute an admission or evidence that the upgraded Institutional Network
a �_�5sa
will reasonable satisfy the future cable-related needs and interests of the City. The
parties fiuther agree that there is nothing in the Conective Plan that constitutes a
franchise fee within the meaning of federal, state or local law.
The parties agree that the Corrective Plan is in the nature of a settlement related to
e�sting obligations. The parties stipulate that implementation of the Corrective
Plan will not result in a rate increase to subscribers.
8. The upgraded Institutional Nehuork shall continue to be available for use at no
charge to the City and its authorized Users and the ongoing obligations of the
Company under the Conecrive Plan sha11 continue, until or unless a renewal
franchise goes into effect. Franchisee
[SIGNATURE BLOCKS]
December 16, 1997 (1:41P�
C:\Conective Plan v4.wpd
q�_�ss�-
CORRECTIVE PLAN
December 16,1947
Institutional Network.
a. Company shall upgrade its Institutionai Network pursuant to the design and
construction schedule set forth in this Corrective Pian and the attachments to it,
which shall be incorporated herein by reference and thereby made a part hereof.
The Institutional Network upgrade shall commence with the process of initial
application by Company for pernuts and site authorizations by January 15.
Construction of the upgrade shali be completed by August l, 1998, unless the
time far completion is eatended in accordance with the Corrective Plan
Agreement between the parties. The conshuction schedule is set forth in
Attachment G hereto. Within thiriy (30) days after completion of Institutional
Network upgrade construction, ali acceptance testing shail have been completed
as further described in Attachment 2-E. City confirmation of the Tnsfitutional
Network upgrade shall be provided in writing to Company in accordance with
Attachment 2-F. The Institutional Netwark shall continue to be interconnected
with flie subscriber network, except where specifically noted otherwise.
2. Upgrade Institutional Netvc ork Design and Equipment.
a. The upgraded Institutional Neiwork shall be of hybrid-fiber coaxial (HFC) design
consisting of 15 Snterconnected segments. The 15 segments of the Institutional
Network will result from 13 optical fiber truuks (each with no more than 10
amplifier cascades) and two coaxial cable truuks (each with no more than 14
amplifier cascades) and will include apprapriate switching, ali as described
generally in Attachment 2-A hereto and, more specificaliy, on the design set forth
on Attachment 2-B hereto. In addition, the Institutional Network will include two
links referred to below as"Connecting Links." The first is a direct optical fiber
link between City Hall and Company's Headend located at 1140 Sims Avenue.
This link, which includes a fiber link from the City Hall to the router at the
Headend, and a link from the City Hall Annex to the Ethernet switch at the
Headend, is more particularly described in the attachments hereto. Company also
shall place and dedicate 12 single mode fibers and 12 multi mode fibers dedicated
for City use between City Hall Annex and the Public Safety Annex located in
downtown St. Paul, as generally described on Attachment 2-A hereto and
consistent with its design reflected on Attachment 2-B hereto.
b. Basic equipment to be provided by Company and utilized in the upgraded
Instihxtional Network is as set forth in Attachment 2-C hereto. The list contains
the basic model identification and several general categories described with terms
such as generic or miscellaneous. The total group of equipment, cabie, hardware
and associated items which the Company actuaily anstalis will contain various
additional items and modules that aze not specificaliy listed However, the
c��l -1 S 5 �
Company will provide all equipment, modules, cable, connectors, hazdware, and
any additional items needed to have a totally operational Institutional Network
that is in full compliance with the operational standazds set forth herein. The
Company is responsible for maintainiug and replacing as necessary any equipment
that it provides or has provided that is to be used in the upgraded Insfltutional
Network. The Conective Plan is to result in an Institutional Netwark that can be
reliably used to provide high-quality, bi-directional voice, video and data
transmissions (including packet-switched data) among mulfiple users, and that can
support expansion of services and transmission capabilities.
c. Consistent with Attachment 2-C hereto, Company shall provide requisite
transport switching, modulator and demodulator equipment sufficient to facilitate
a Channelization Plan as set forth in Attachment 2-D hereto. It is understood that
the Channelization Plan will change over time based on specific utilization by
institutions. The City may alter the Channelization Plan so long as it does not
interfere with the use of the channels reserved far Company's use, or the pilot and
control channels described in the Channelization Plan.
d. The Company is not required to interconnect the fiber connecting the City Hail
Annex and the Public Safety Annex to the other portions of the Institutional
Network, but the City may do so. The fibers provided will be "dark fibers." City
shall provide and be responsible for any transmission, end user, or terminal
equipment required for utilization of the City Hall Anne�Public Safety Annex
described herein.
e. Institufional users may add equipment at any time, upon providing Company
sixty (60) days advance written notice, and subject to the approval of the
Company to ensure that the equipment to be attached to the system will not
interfere with the technical performance of the network for which it is responsible.
Approval will not be unreasonably withheld, and will be deemed granted if the
Company does not disapprove of the attachment within 60 days of notice. No
approval is required for attachment of equipment in connection with the
Institutional Network upgrade.
(1) Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the
longest cascade (or, if appropriate, based on consultation with the
City, the user locafion furthest from the Headend in any given
"SegmenY' or run) from the Headend for each (29) of the primary
trunk segments off each OT'N. In addirion, each of the OT`N's and
Power Supply locations shall be monitored. This approach results
in 13 monitors at OTN locations, 29 monitors on coaYial segments
off the OTN locations and 3 monitors on coaYial only segments
q�_ ISS�-
plus 71 power supply locations. The exact location of the monitors
shall be jointly planned by the Company and city to provide the
greatest benefit to the City user community. This is consistent with
that generaily demonstrated on Attachment 2-E hereto and as more
specifically demonstrated on the design at Attachment 2-B hereto.
In addifion, status monitoring will be depioyed at the Headend.
C/4V carriers utilized for status monitoring will also be instalied at
every longest cascade on each leg of the upgraded Institutional
Network in order to facilitate testing and monitoring of the return
path.
(2) When fiber or coaYial cable and associated equipment is being
installed, replaced or relocated as part of the upgrade witlun a
location, the cable and equipment shall be brought to a point or
points within the location designated by the location.
Maintenance, Performance Standards and Testing.
a. Company shall be responsible for the ongoing maintenance and performance of
the upgraded Institutional Nerivork from a Demarcation Point through the
network, including the Headend.
b. The Demarcation Point will be as foilows:
i. For the Connecting Link between the City Hall Annex and the Public
Safety Annex, the termination point of the fiber, which shall be at a point
designated by the Ciry within those buildings.
ii. For the Connecting Link between the City Hail and the Headend,
(1) the Demarcation point for the fibers from the City Hail Annex to
the Headend sha11 be the Ethernet switch, with the Company being
responsible for that switch;
(2) the Demarcation point for the link fiu�thest from the City Hall to
the Headend sha11 be the modulators in City Hall used to place
signals on the link, with the Company being responsible for those
modulators.
iii. For the remainder of the Institutional Network that is being upgraded as
part of this plan, the Demarcation Point will be the point within the
location where the Institutional Network connects to the internal
distribufion system of that location, ar to the signal processing devices that
place the signal on the InsUtutional Network (modulatars or modems),
whichever is closest to the Headend, and not including the device except
as described below. Provided, however, that an Institutional Network
User may elect to make the Demarcation Point the outside of the building,
in which case Company wiil ensure that it can test at the outside of the
q�_tssa—
buiiding for compliance with the requirements of the Corrective Plan. If
an Institutionai Netwark User does not elect to establish the Demazcation
Point at the outside of the building, then the Company reserves the right to
charge the User Company's costs for service calls that resuit from Users
moving or otherwise abusing the interior connecrions for which the
Company is responsible.
c. Company will also be responsible for ongoing maintenance and perforn�ance and
replacement of any equipment that it provides or has provided, whether located
behind the Demarcation Point or not.
d. Company will not chazge municipal and non-commercial public sector users of
the dedicated bandwidth for maintaining or operating that portion of the network,
including transport network connections between the Tnstitutional Network, the
subscriber netwark and Citylink. Users shali be responsible for all standard
maintenance beyond the Demarcation Point and maintenance of all end user or
institution-owned equipment, except as described above.
e. Commencing with completion of construction of the upgraded Institutional
Network, Company shall implement the maintenance program set forth in
Attachment 2-F hereto. Commencing with completion of construction of the
upgraded Institutional Nerivork, Company shall assure campliance with the
performance standazds, measuring techniqaes, and testing set forth therein,
including the reliability standards.
4. Capacity available to the City.
a. The City or its designated Users will have the exclusive use of the Connecting
Links. With respect to the other portions of the Institutional Network upgraded as
part of this Conective Plan, the Company wili make available all existing
Institutional Network frequency spectrum bandwidth in each upstream and
downstream category to municipal and noncommercial public sector uses, to be
used at the city's discretion to the extent such capacity is not currently utilized by
Company for providing commercial services. If the Institutional Network's
bandwidth is increased, fifiy (50) percent of any increased bandwidth will be
dedicated to municipal and noncommercial public sector uses pursuant to a
mutually acceptable channelization plan. There will be fizll interconnection
beiween the Institutional Netwark and the remote origination points on it, the
teleconference capacities (if any) of the Insfitutional Network and the subscriber
netwark, and technical assistance will be provided in using the interconnection.
Institutional Network capacity will be provided at no charge. The Company will
maintain and operate the Institutional Network from the Demarcation Point
through the network, including the Headend, and will not charge municipal and
q� -155 3-
noncommercial public sector users of the dedicated bandwidth for mainta.iuing or
operating that portion of the network, including iransport network connecfions
between the Institutional Network, the subscriber network and city link. The
current specirum used by the Company's commercial users is 12 MHZ in the
forward path and 12 IvgIZ in the reverse path.
5. Non Commercial Use. The limitations on noncommercial use shall extend to the
upgraded Institutionai Network, inciuding the Connecting Links.
6. Free Drops.
a. As part of the upgrade, the Company will provide an Institutional Netwark drop to
every location that has an Institutional Network drop or had an Institutional
Network drop at any time prior to December 1, 1997. There wiil be no charge far
these drops. The Company is not required to provide a drop to a location that
does not desire a drop.
b. The Company shall provide, upon written request, one free subscriber and/or
Institutional Network coa�cial drop as appropriate to each public and private
school, public library branch, police and fire station, community center and public
building and to such other institutions as the city may reasonably request from
time to time, as set forth in Appendix H, Article I, Secfion 12.c. except that the
Company is only required to provide Institurional Network drops to a facility that,
at the time the request is made, is adjacent to the then-e�sting Institutional
Network path (regardless of specific accessibility}; provided that, if a requesting
location had been passed by the Institutional Neiwork prior to the upgrade, it will
be treated as passed by the Institurional Network after the upgrade .
c. Basic service will be provided free of chazge with each free subscriber network
drop path (regardless of specific accessibility).
Implementation and Management. City shali be entitled to make final decisions and is
solely responsible for making final decisions with respect to allocarion of the channel
capacity on the Institufional Network and for managing issues of use and resolving all
disputes that may arise between Users.
8. Payment. No later than December 31, 199�, Company sha11 make a payment to the City
in the amount of $280,000 to be used, at City's discretion, for any Institufional Netwark
purpose (including by way of example and not 1'unitation, fot purchase and deployment of
°f�-15.sa
modems and internal wiriug, and operarional support).
9. Confirmation. Upon confinnation of Institutional Network upgrade by City as provided
in the attachments hereto, the Company shall be deemed in compliance with all prior or
current obligations under the Franchise, and Ciry shall have no claim of any priar
violation or default of any such obligation.
10. Bond. No later than January 15, 1998, Company shall file with the City Clerk and
maintain until confirmation of Institutional Network upgrade and City AalUPublic Safety
fiber upgrade by City a performance bond, or such other security acceptable to City, in
the amount of $500,000.
I 1. Aiteration of Cable System. If the Company alters its Cable System, or moves its
Headend so that the Institutional Netwark must be changed, ox additional equipment and
facilities are required to prevent any change in the quality of service or additional costs to
the Institutional Netwark Users, the Company must make the changes or otherwise act to
ensure that the change in its plant in no way affects the Institufional Network or the City's
use of it.
0
�� I`VV �
ATTACHII�NTS
2-A Upgraded Institutional Network Topology
2-B Preliminary Institutional Network Upgrade Design
2-C Preliminary Equipment List
2-D Initial Channelization Plan
2-E Status Monitoring Location Example
2-F Maintenance, PerFonnance Standards and Testing Program
2-G Preliminary Construction Schedule
o �� _�SS a-
r�v�rr:C.��fu���.r�F�1
Overall Upgraded Institational Network Topology
The original institutional network will be reconfigured to be a series of independent
segments radiating out from the existing headend. In the upgraded institulional network,
each segment will be independent from every other segment. Each segment will be
composed of the following typical components:
• Headend passive and active devices such as splittets, combiners and amplifiers. This
will allow equipment at the headend to attach to each segment of the system.
Optical equigment. A set of optical transceivers will run &om the headend to each OTTI
(Optical Transition Node).
Coaxial based equipment. Coaxial cable and amplifiers will be used to implement the
last links in the cable to the user locations.
The system desigp calls for thirteen OTN locations. Fiber links will start at the headend
location and connect to each OTN. Coaxial ampl�er cascades beyond each OTN will be a
maximum of ten devices.
Two segarex�ts leaving the headend will remain coaxial based. These coaxial segments will
serve the users neaz the headend facility. The maximum cascade on the coaaial segments
will be fourteen devices.
In addition, there will be two fiber connecting links:
• An activated fiber connection to the headend consisting of the following (collectively
described in this conective plan as the City Hall to headend link):
1. A fiber connection from the City Hall connected to the Headend at the institutional
network router; and
2. A fiber connection from the City Hall Annex to the headend Ethernet switch.
• A dark fiber coimection from the City Hall Annex to the Public Safety Annex.
All obligations of the Company that apply to other portions of the Institutional Network also
apply to these connecting links, unless otherwise indicated.
The Institutional Network (including the connecting links other than the dark fiber links)
will include all necessary equipment so that frequencies on each segment can be reused on
each other segment to provide ma.ximum capacity and flexibility for users.
Attachmant 2-A-I
Revised December 17, 1997
a'1-�ss�
The following drawing illustrates this eonfiguration:
�
� I x
� c
J � � � � m
\, ? I � �
� F / �
� C / C
o� f 9k �
� � \ G,� ,� J V o
. �
� �
�� / a :
T LL `E / �
�j C /
. � i / �
�� � <% �.oz Goa��}o
V '���. Fiber�,�.
'(v ��
��
Coax Link Fiber Link
HeadEnd
---- ' u� ----�-----�
Fib� Coax Link
C 'M
�
� �
�
� l �� c�'� �'o
�
�� � ~C � � � �^ ':;'; �� \``�
0`v T � 4, .
V\ � �� � `' :;;; � ;:
G o`� / r ;; �F \
/ �+ �\
�/ ��.`t � `�I ♦
� �C � n `\ <!,� �
o / ° w
O ,� m I `'� �\
f� x �
�.'f} r ' �
f7 x ' V
�
Attachment 2-A-2
Ravised December 17, 1997
q� ..155 a-
Retrofitforthe School Network
The school configuration of the original institutional network for da#a transmission and
reception is based upon the Zenith Ethernet modems and is constructed as one lazge network
throughout the city. This topology will be changed in the upgraded institutional network to
reflect the new configuration of the INET system. Zenith translatois and remodulators will
be added to each segment of the cable system to support the existing Zenith equipmerrt that is
cunently in use. An Ethemet switch will be placed at the headend to link each of the
remodulators on each segment to provide the same city wide network structure.
The following illustration shows the proposed logical co�guration for this nehuork:
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Cable Zenith Zenith Cable
Remod Remod
Trunks Ethernet Trunks
Zenith SWltch Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenith
Remod
Zenfth
Remod
Remod
Remod
The Ethernet switch located in the headend will be the link that allows the individual
network segments to communicate as a single network.
The following drawing shows a more detailed desctiption of the interconnection of each of
the segments in the system to the Ethernet switch:
Attachment 2-A-3
Revised December 17, 1997
��_�ss�-
Q ❑
PC with wMrol
Soilware
Zentlb Modem Coa<Link Ffie� LinK
� _ _ _ Ethernet
Switch
I `
remodulators —r
T
V
f
�
�AO'A �
Zentlb Modem '
PC
The configuration of each of the end user locations will not need to change during the
reconfiguration process. The maruier of connection at the headend will change as the
institutional nerivork is segmented from one lazge network into, essentially, fifteen smaller
and independent networks.
The PC with control soi4waze that the Company will provide will be set up so that it can be
programtned remotely by multiple users authorized by the City. The PC will be accessible
via a phone connection provided by the Company, either directly or through the Intemet, at
the City`s option.
Attachment 2-A-4
Revised December 17, 1997
q�_�55?—
Distance Learning and Video Based LinL•s
Video functions will be enhanced as part of the upgaded institutional network in order to
allow television to be used more effectively on the system at all sites. Each end user
location will be required to have several pieces of equipment:
• A modulator that will allow locally generated programming to be placed on a particulaz
chaiuiel for distribution throughout the system.
• A demodulator (television set) will allow the viewing of the progamming.
A video and audio routet (commonly called a video router) will allow for the dynamic
distribution of television progazmning. It will be integrated with the residential network
program routing and switching facilities to permit progra++�mi„g to be routed to and from the
Institutional Network. The programmable video router will facilitate the routing of video
information between multiple seg�nents in the upgraded institutional network should such
application be undertaken.
The configuration of the headend is shown in the following illustration:
Video
Oemotlulamr
DemodulaWr
DemotlNator
Demodulator
Demotlulata
oenwaviazw
OemotluleWr
pemodulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Modulator
Video
programming
out to all
cable trunks
Source
��
40X3� Each Video has a
link to the router
Video
Router
Attachment 2-A-5
Revised December 17, 1997
q1-1S5�-
Appropriate modulators and demodulators will be provided to accommodate the utilization
of muYtiple video channels. Standalone demodulators will be used to remove the
proguxuivng from a particulaz source and feed it to a video router and a modulator that will
place ihe prograumvng on seg�nents of the Institutional Network. The router can allow the
switching of the programm;ng to one or more modulators for distribution through the
network should co�guration need to be changed in the future. The video router is driven
by a PC with scheduling software ihat can be programmed remotely by multiple users
authorized by the City. This soffiwaze will allow for the advance setup of program times and
channels on a one time sessions or repeat basis. The PC will be accessible via a phone
connection provided by the Company either d'uecfly or ihrough the Intemet, at the City's
option.
The typical end to end co�guration of a video link is shown in the following illustration:
Attaohment 2-A 6
Revised Decembar 17, 1997
q1-1ss}
Udeo
Modulator
Coax Link Fiber Link
_ A A��� � �
__�'y .
v�
1 ...
Demodulator
x
�
J
% N
�
LL
s
I �
I �
� U
Demodulator
Cr`�)
PC vrith control
Software
VIC�@0
Router
I f— Modulator
+-- Splitter
Y
C
J
N
a
LL
�
Demodulator
(N}
One feed in the system will have unique characteristics. A separate fiber optic cable will be
run from City Hall to the headend location. This will facilitate several channels of city
programming originated from City Hall to be dishibuted throughout the network. A
detailed description of this fiber optic link is set forth at page 2-A-9 ofthis Attachment 2.
C�ty Data Network
The city wide data nehuork wi11 be redesi�ed as part of the upgraded institutional network.
The city data nerivork will be based upon available cable modems with speeds ranging from
four megabits to as high as thii4y megabits per second on each se�nent of the system and
Attachment 2-A-7
Revised December 17. 1997
q�y .,►ss�-
100 Mbps on the connecting link to the City Hall Annex. An Ethemet switch will be used to
combine each of the individual links into one comprehensive system The diagfam on the
following page illustrates the topology of tlus network:
Ethernet
Cabie
Trunks
Headend
Ethernet
Switch
Etharnet
Ethemet
Ethernet
Fber optic line
I �� 1/ r _ 1.
Ethemet
Switch
Server
Server
II
Gity Hall
Annex
Switch
Server
Attachment 2-A-8
Revised December 17, 1997
Ethernet
Cabie
Trunks
a���tss�-
Data from the local segments of the system will be linked at the headend to an Ethemet
switch. This switch will logically link each se�nent of the system in order to integrate the
system. The switch has a one hundred megabit port that will be used to connect to another
Ethernet switch located in the City Hall Annex over a fiber optic link. The overall effect of
this configuration is:
• The headend switch integFates this traffic into a single high speed link. High
performance servers can be placed on this network in the City Ha11 Annex to serve the
data requirements of many of the user communities.
The Ethernet switch has the capacity to allow the segmentation of the nerivark into
multiple ten megabit Ethernet networks, should the institutions undertake such
utilization.
• This equipment will facilitate development of Virtual LANs down to the individual
segment ofthe system, should the institutions undertalce such utilization.
Detailed descripYion of City Hall to headend fiber optic link
A fiber optic cable will be run between City Hall and the Institutional system headend.
Three fibers will be available in this cable for city initially activated to perform the following
functions:
1 fiber analog FM video support
2 fibers city data network support
Active equipment will be placed at each end of the cable. One link will support the
transport of three video channels from City Hall to the headend router. The other link will
connect the 100 Mb ports on each of the Ethernet switches, one for the City Data Network at
the headend and a corresponding switch to be placed at City Hall Anuex.
The following drawing illustrates tivs co�guration:
Attachment 2-A-9
Revised December 17, 1997
q� -iSS �--
Modulawrs--► I I I ICity Hali
Fiber Cable
City Hali
Annex
-f
Headend
Detailed description of City Hall Annex to Public Safety Annex fiber opYic lmk
Franchisee will install 12 Muhimode and 12 single mode fibers from a point disignated by
the City in the City Hall Annex to a point designated by the City in the Public Safety Annex
At each fiber ternunation point, the Company will install temvnation block hardwaze
including standard connectors to be designated by the City, appropriately labeled, so that the
City can connect the fiber to its network.
The following drawing illustrates this configuration:
patch panel
...... ......
.......•....
Single mode
Fiber
Fiber Optic Cable
patch panel
.. .. .. .... ..
•..... ...• ..
�
Multimode
Fiber
City Hall Annex
Attac}unent 2-A-10
Revised December 17, 1997
Public Safety Annex
q�-1�S�-
Diagrams of the Headend Rack
Following is an exarnple of the layout for INET racks in the headend. The rack contain the
following equipment:
1. Ethemet switch
2. Video router
3. Management PC
4. Outbound (forwazd channels) modulators
5. Inbound (reveise channels) demodulators
6. Fiber optic transceivers for the City Ha111ink
7. Demodulators for the City Hall link
8. Fiber optic transceivers for each INET segment
9. Other equipment associated with the use or operation of the Institutional Network
u��e���
Oumwundmoaulafi�s
YdeaScem��
GibflOpu[Tr&�iscemrs
Inhoundpemotlulawrs
���
Sx�kA Piog�ammmg
oumounemoomarois
OemadulalorsforCAqHalllmk
GryNalifibnimk
Notwithstanding the above example, all institutional network headend equipment will be
assembled in a manner that is appropriate and accessible for making adjustrnents. The
actual institutional network headend equipment layout will be subject to City approval upon
completion and the City will be consulted on any future changes.
Attac}unent 2-A-11
Revised December 7 7. 1997
q� •�ssa
If the CiTy wishes to enhance the performauce of tke Institutional Network (by, for example,
activating an additional data channel or equipment that permits it to perfomt additional
functions on connecting links), it may purchase the equipment to do so, and the Company
will install it and maintain it at the headend.
Video and Audio Monitoring
The e�sting test bay used to support the subsctiber network will be used to monitor the
video on the Institutional Network for quality and troubleshooting.
Attachment2-A-12
Revised December 17, 1997
��1 � �SS�
ATTACFIMENT Z-C
EQUIPMENT LIST
Location
Parts & Labor
Part Number
I-NET
Transport Plant
Optical RC
Opticaf TXC
Status Monitoring-power supply
End Of Line Monitoring
Power supply
Thermal AGCs
0.750" coax
Coax Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Fiber Cabfe per mile
Splicing
Equipment Racks
Headend Equipment
Optical RC
Optical TXC
Misc. Ampsifilters
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Status Monitoring
Demodulators FM
Modulators AM
Videolaudio Router, AO X 32
Crestron management software
PC
Printer
Data Equipment Zenith Translator
to retroft school Zenith Remodulator
links Ethernet Switch
HP Openview
CiscoWorks management Soflware
PC
Phillips 817-1FRX
Phillips 2102A-10-TX
Cheetah CMM3
Cheetah LC1000
ALT200849
Phillips
Commscope P3-750
generic
generic
Siecor i 8 fiber SM
Generic fiber splice process
Scientific Atlanta RA-701924
Phillips RDRX
Phillips 710-TX
Cheetah HE-1000
Cheetah HEC- 3
Network Monitoring Software
Cheetah RPS
Synchronous VFMR-5000-12
SA 635�
Tahoe 40 X 32
Generic, Pentium with Win95
HP 400L DeskJet
Zenith LANNT-550-W-CE
Zenith LANREMOD-4M-44
Cisco 2926
CWPC-2.1-W1N-SMO
Generic, Pentium with Win95
Qty
13
13
71
45
25
100
1600
1
1
1
208
4
13
13
1
1
1
1
1
30
9
1
1
1
1
15
15
1
1
�
1
Attachment 2-C-1
Revised December 12, 1997
a�-�SS�
City data chan�el
Institutional N
LanCity provisioning server LCn
LanCity Transmaster LCt
LanCity headend node
LanCity miscellaneous
Media Cornerters
Ethernet Switch
LanCity LCn
LanCity LCt
LanCity LCh
Nbase 100Mb drivers
Cisco 2926
1
8
16
1
2
2
Modulators FM
Headend to City Hafl Link
Video Equipment Demodulators FM
Modulators FM
Link Materials Optical RX
Optica( TX
Fiber Cable
Fiber Mgmt F{ardware
City Haii to Pubfic Safety Link
Fiber Cable
Fiber Mgmt Hardware
Synchronous VFMT-5000-12
Synchronous VFMR-5000-12
Synchronous VFMT-SOQO-12
Phi4Gps 817-1 FRX
Phillips 710-TX
Seicor
generic
Seicor burial 24 fiber SM/MM
generic
Aithough it is contempiated that the equipment listed herein will be used, company reserves the
right to substitute alternative equivalent equipment as necessary. Such equipment substituiions
will be subject to City approval, which witf not be unreasonabfy withheld.
30
3
3
1
1
4.5
4.5
Attachment 2-G2
Revised December 12, 1997
a�_�SSr
Forward
Channei
L (25)
M(26)
N(27}
O{28)
P(29)
Q(30)
R(31)
S(32)
T(33)
U(34)
V(35)
W(36)
AA(37)
BB(38)
CC(39)
DD(40)
EE(41)
FF(42)
GG(43)
HH(44)
If(45)
JJ(46)
KK(47}
LL(48)
MM(49)
NN(50)
00(51)
PP(52)
44(53)
RR(54)
SS(55)
Tl"(56)
UU(57}
W(58)
1NW(59)
XX(60)
YY(61)
ATTACHMENT 2D
CHANI�ELIZATION PLAN
Video
Carrier Functian
MHz
229.25 agc pilot
23525 Leakage
24125 sch data 1
247.25 sch data 2
25325 Sch data 3
259.25 Institution
26525 Revisors
27125 Institution
277.25 Institution
283.25 Institution
289.25 Institution
29525 Cherokee
301.25 Institution
307.25 Institution
31325 Institution
319.25 lnstitution
32525 Institution
331.25 City data 1
33Z25 City data 2
343.25 agc pilot
34925 City data 3
35525 City data 4
36125 Institution
367.25 Institution
37325 (nstitution
379.25 Institution
385.25 Institution tv 1
391.25 {nstitution tv 2
397.25 Institution tv 3
403.25 ed tv 1
40925 ed tv 2
415.25 ed tv 3
429 25 ed tv 4
427.25 ed tv 5
43325 ed tv 6
439.25 government tv
44525 government tv
Channel
Limits
MHz
228-234
234-240
240-246
246-252
252-258
258-264
264-270
270-276
276-282
282-288
288-294
294-300
300-306
306-312
312-318
318-324
324330
330-336
336-342
342-348
348-354
354-360
360-368
368-372
372-378
378-384
384-390
390-396
396-402
402-408
408-414
414-420
424-426
426-432
432-438
438-444
444-450
Attachment 2-D-1
Revised Decembei 12, 1997
a�-tSS �'
Return Channel
Channel Frequency Function Limits
T7 7 pilot & cheetah
T8 'i3 fnstitution
T9 19 Citydata'i
T10 25 City data 2
T11 31 City dafa 3
T12 37 City data 4
T13 43 sch data 2
open 49 available
2 55.25 sch data 4
3 61.25 sch data 1
4 6725 Cherokee
open NA open
5 77.25 Revisors
6 83.25 sch data 3
FM 88-90 Institution
FM(95) 90-96 Institution
FM(96) 96-102 Institution
FM(97) 1�2-1�8 Institution
A-2(98) 10925 fm tv 1
A-1(99) 11525 fm tv 1
A(14) 12125 fm tv 2
B(15) 127.25 fm tv 2
C(16) 13325 Institution
D(17) 139.25 Institution
E(18) 145.25 govenment tv
F(19) 15125 pilot
G(20) 157.25 government iv
H(21) 16325 lnstitution
I(22) 169.25 Institution
5.75-11.75
11 J5-17.75
17.75-23.75
23.75-29.75
2975-35.75
35.i5-41.75
41.75-47.75
47.75-54
54-60
60-66
66-72
72-76
76-82
82-88
$8-90
90-96
96-102
102-108
105-114
114-12�
120-128
128-132
132-138
138-144
144-150
150-156
156-162
162-168
168-174
Attaclunent 2-A-2
Revised December 12, 1997
p��„�SS 1-
ATTACI�I�NT 2-E
STATUS MOI�ITORL\G LOCATTON EXAMPLE
Status monitoring equipment will be installed at the end of the longest cascade (or, if appropriate, based on
consultation with the City, the user location furthest from the headend in any given "SegmenY' or run) from the
Headend for each (29) of the primary trunk segments off each OTN. In addition, each of the OTN's and Power
Supply locations shall be monitored. This approach results in 13 monitors at OTN locations, 29 monitors on
coaxial segments off the OTN locations and 3 monitors on coaacial only segments plus 71 power supply
locations.
Attachment 2-E-1
Revised December 12, 1997
��_)ssa-
T'he exact location of the monitors shall be jointly planned by the Company and City to provide the greatest
benefit to the City user community.
Attachment 2-E-2
Revised December 12, 1997
�1�_�S
ATTACHMENT 2-F
MAINTENANCEPERFORMANCE
STANDARDS AND TESTING PROGRAM
A. MAINTENANCE
Additional Maintenance Staffing
Company will designate two and one-half in-house or contractor staff equivalency positions exclusively for
the purpose of assuring hi�-quality preventive and ongoing maintenance of the upgaded Institutional
Natwork. These staff positions will be in addition to the appro�mately 14 technical staff �no will be
available and have responsibilities &om tune to time for various aspects of upgraded Institutional Netvrork
performance
On-Call 5upport
Company will provide technical support 24 hours a day seven days per week. This will be accomplished
with °on-call" tachrucians who are scheduled to carry a pager and will respond to all pagas wit}un 30
minutes. This service wi11 he directly available to all Upgaded Institutional Network users. Network or data
service support must be processed by user through user's pre-designated "network manager" or point person "
before the company's on-call techsncian is paged.
Company is responsible for ensuring $at al] parts of the Institutional Network from the applicable
Demazcation Point function properly and reliable, so that the network is fully useable from each location.
The Company is also responsible for maintaining and replacing as necessary all equipment that it provides
or has provided at end user premises 6eyond the Demarcation Point, to this same end.
User's GrouplQuarterly Meetings
Company will reach out to each category of 7nstitutional Netwosk user and establish "User's Groups" to be
invited to meetings which will convene at least once each calendar quarter for the purpose of sharing ideas,
suggesting improvements, voicing concems, and receiving training on system changes or new equipmant.
These User's Group meetings and relationstups wi11 assist Company in identifying maintenance issues eazly
and should also enhance the user's understanding of the Upgaded Institutional Network capabilihes, and
thereby enhance or increase utili7ation.
Service Call Processing and Tracking
Company will set up mechanisms and procedures for all T-Net users to quickly and easily report system
trouble. These trouble or service calls will then be documented, processed, and completed in the same
manner as subscriber calls. With this documentation will coma monthly S-Net service call reports which
wi11 include a breakdown of reasons and resolution as well as call handling efficiency.
Notwithstanding the staffing, testing and equipment and response requirements set forth herein, the
Company will provide whatever in-house and/or contractor staff, spaze and equipment backup, test and
maintenance equipment and whatever additional steps are necessaty to ensure that netvrork perfom�s reliably
up to the applicab]e standazds, includ3ng reliability standazds and:
• Company will provide Institutional Network users the hi�est level of service, reliability, repair and
maintenance that is made available to any commercial or residential user of the cable system.
Attachment 2-F-1
Revised December ] 7, ] 997
� � -�SS �-
Insututional Network paths canying critical cucuits (as identified by the City) shall receive the hip�est
priority in the Franchisee's repair program.
Reliability
The Institutional Network reliability for all channels and transmission links between any hvo Demazcation
Points, plus equipment for w}nch the Company is responsible at the User premises shall meet or exceed
99.9%. This shall be taken to mean that the total cumulative outage tune at any activated Institutional
Network User site sha11 not exceed 430 minutes over the period of one year. An outage is defined as any
unscheduled event that prevents the transmission of data, video or sound on any channels at the speeds or at
the standards set forth herein because of a failure of some portion of the path or the equipment that the
Company is responsible to maintain
A failure caused by an electrical outage at the User site which prevents the User from using the Institutional
Network or power for Institutional Neriuork componenis shall not be considered a failure. Outages of any
kind caused by acts of God shall not be covered under the defuution of a failure. Normal system outages
that have been scheduled in advance hy the Company with a designated representative of the City shall not
be covered under the definition of a faflure.
At any time that any channel on the Institutional Network is known to fall below the technical standazds set
foith herein, actions shall be taken to restore the operation of the nerivork to the standards within 72 hours.
Network Frequency Response Sweep
All active portions of the I-Net will be swept for frequency response in forward (outbound) and
retum (inbound) bands every 12 months, or upon request of the city, more frequently as may be
indicated for specific problem solving, but in any event no more than one additional network
frequency response sweep per year.
B. STANDARD5 AND TESTING
System Leakage Surveillance
The Company proposes to measure leakage using a generator glaced at the headend location using a
frequency of 235.2625 MHz transmitting with a level to match that of the video cazriers at the point of
insertion into the system. The Company subscribes to the NCTA Recommended Practices section I.G.
pages 1 through 10 as it is a thorough and well understood testing process. The procedure will provide a
cahleplant that will be usahle in all channels by identifying points of egress that could also be points of
ingress. The Signal Leakage Standud shail be 10 microvolts/meter between the Headend and Demarcation
point for the $equencies in the fonvazd and reverse directions.
These tests will ba done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on
a Cable Television System for Signal Leakage Performance (attached), as referenced in the FCC CFR
section 47, Subpazt K, pazt 76.601, 76.609(h),(1,2,3,4,5).
Proof of Performance Twice Annually
Proof of performance testing will be conducted on the I-Net two times per year equivalent to that specified
by the FCC for subscriber networks. A minimum of ten test point locations will he estahlished where
feasible t}uoughout the system w}tich aze representative of worst-case performance. A minimum amount of
fifteen channels on the fonvard, and twelve channels on the rehun shall be tested at each test point location.
The Technical Stattdazds and Petformance Testing listed below are specifically for Continental Cablevision,
Attachment 2-F-2
Revised December 17, 1997
�I'1- �SS �"
St. Paul, I-Net System. Some of the testing procedures have been modified to meet the specific needs of a
High Split Retum System. Company will comply with the following minunum standards and tests:
• The Combined Cazrier to Noise Ratio Standard foz this system will be 47 dB between the Headend and
any Demazcation point for the worst-case pezformance of the fonvazd poition combined with the reverse
portion of the instatutional network. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coasial Distribution
System.
Testing will be done at the Demascation point after the last active component on the longest cascade,
and at an RF test point in tha Head End, then standard logarithmic calculations will be used to combine
the two test points. These tests will be done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Carrier to Noise Ratios (attached), as referenced in the
FCG CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(e).
• The Combined Composite Triple Beat Standazd for this system will be SS dB between the Headend and
any Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the forvrard portion combined with the reverse
portion of the institutional network. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial Distribution
System.
Testing wiil be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest cascade, and at an PF
test point in the Head End. Then, a siandard logarithmic calculation will be used to combine the two
test points. These test will be dona in accordanca with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Composite Triple Beat (attached}, as referenced in the
FCC CFR section 47, Subpart I{, part 76.601, 76.609(t�.
• The Combined Composite Second Order Standazd for this system will be 58 dB beriveen the Headend
and any Demazcation point for the worst-case perfomiance of the forwud portion comhined with the
reverse portion of the mstrtuhonal nerivork. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial
Distribution System.
Testing will be done at the Demazcation point after the last active on the longest cascade, and at an RF
test point in the Head End. Then, a standazd logazithmic calculations will be used to combine the two
test points. This test will be done in accordance with tha NCTA Recommendad Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Composite Second Otder (attached), as referenced in
the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, pazt 76.601, 76.609(fl.
• The Comhined Cross Modulation standazd for this system shall be S4 dB between the Headend and any
Demarcation point for the worst-case performance of the forward por[ion combined with the reverse
portion of the institutional network. This includes the Fiber Backbone and the Coaxial Distribution
System.
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active on the longest cascade, and at an RF
test point in the Head End Then, a standard logarithmic calculations will be used to combine the two
test points. This tsst will he done in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measurement on a Cable Television System for Cross Modulation (attachec�, as referenced in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.609(�.
• In Channel Response The amplitude characteristic shatl be within a range of +(_ Zdg ¢om 0 tp 6.Q
NII3z above the lower boundary &equency using appropriate equipment for measurement of the I-Net
channel, referenced to the average of the highesY and the lowest amplitudes within the frequency
boundaries.
Attachment 2-F-3
Revised December 17, 1997
o��_�ss�-
Testing will be done at the Demarcation point after the last active component on the longest cascade,
and at an RF test point in the Head End. These tests will be done in accordance with the NCTA
Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cable Television System for In Channel Response
(zttached), as refuenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, pazt 76.601, 76.609),(d)(1,2).
• Peak to valley vanations. The Company proposes conformance to the NCTA Recommendad Practices,
N
I.E. page 4 that states a figure calculated with the focmula i O + 2 for the coaxial segnents of the
cableplant. This yields a figure of 3 dB for a ten amplifier cascade and 3.5 dB for a fourteen
amplifier cascade where N iepresents the number of amplifiers in the cascade.
In addition to the foregoing, as part of this testing and the annual origination point testing, Company wil]
demonstrate that the Connecting Link &om the City Hall Annex to the Headend satisfies the standazds
specified in Section C, "Acceptance Testing".
Additional Powee Supply 7nspections
All I-Net power supplies will be inspected at least twice per year, which will include the following checks
and tests:
. Full load transfer and runtime test
• Battery condition and maintenance check, including replacement if requued
• Status monitoring functional test
• Check the logic module
Monthly End-of-Line Checking
The further ensure that the I-Net is perfornting satisfactorily, monthly checks will be perfotmed at a
minunum of ten locations that are representative of worst-case performance. These checks will, include the
following:
• RF level measurements at a11 pilot carriers and all CW camers or measurable carriers (e_g., analog video
and audio, unmodulated data, etc.)
• Leakage test
• Frequency Response on fonvard and retum
• Subjective picture quality tests, if applicable
Daily Checks
• Review status monitoring system parameters and levels
• Log the parameter values
Annual Origination Point Testing
An annual check of each data and video origination point will be scheduled with I-Net users. The test
may be waived or rescheduled at the discretion of users. These checks will include the following:
• Visual signal level at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the NCTA. Recommended
Practices for Measurament on a Cable Talevision System for Visual signal level, as stated in the FCC
CFR section 47, Subpart K, Part 76.601, 76.605 (a} (3).
Attachment 2-F-4
Revised Dacember 17, 199?
�� --1ss �—
• RF signal level variation at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the NCTA Recommended
Practices for Measurement on a Cahle Television System for Visual signal level (attached), as
referenced in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, Part 76.601, 76.605 (a} (4).
• Awal frequency separation and deviation level at the institutional site shall be in accordance with the
NCTA Recommended Practices for Measurement on a Cabie Television System (attached) as referenced
in the FCC CFR section 47, Subpart K, part 76.601, 76.605 (a) (2),(5).
• Data RF levels shall be maintainad in accordance with the NCTA Recommended Practices for
Measmement on a Cable Television System for Visual signal level (attached).
• Annual Interference Test. Using the Hewlert Packazd 8591 C or the Tektronix 2715 or sitnilar test
equipment and a reference carrier, the Company proposes 40 dB for the frequencies between 50 MHz
and 450 MI3z. The company proposes 30 dB for the frequencies between l 1 MHz and 50 MI3z. The
Company proposes best effort for the frequencies o£ 5 MHz throu� 1 I MIiz and the carriers in the 27
MFIz azeas. The Company reserves the ri�t not to conform to such specifications where known
continuous wave broadcast services exist. Existing areas such as the CB band, intemational AM, and
neazby police or fue service transmitters aze examples.
Documentation
All tests and checks will be docutnented and, upon request, filed with the City. At the City's request,
all testing processes may be conducted under the observation of a representative from the City.
C.ACCEPTANCETESTIlVG
The acceptance testing to determine completion of construction and comphence with the perfomiance
standazds set forth above wi116e composed of four parts:
1. Physical configuration
2. RF testing
3. Baseband video testing at the headend
4. End to end testing
Each of these areas will lead to the initial operation testing of the network, develop the tumover
documentation and form a reference for future troubleshooting
Physical Configuration
The physical configuration of the RF network will be inspected to monitor wnfoimance Attachments 2-A
and 2-B. Inspections of the cable runs and components vnll be made during the constmction process to
maintain the integrity of the design and Company shall keep records thereo£ Should a change be required,
written documentation shall be developed that outlines the reason for the change.
Equipment wi11 be tested for initial operability upon receipt ftom the manufacturer and documentarion of
such testing shall be developed.
RF Tesfing
The RF testing of the institutional netvrork cvill be perfomted in phases throughout the construction period
in order to minimiza disrugtion and consists of four steps:
1. Perform the rough balance and sweep. This will perform the initial alignment of all amplifiers,
such as level and slope, and identify any problems with the cableplant.
Attachment 2-F-5
Revised December 17, 1997
cy� _)ss s-
2. Perfomt distortion testing at the headend, each OTN and at each end of line_
3. Test the cableplant for leakage.
4. Assemble a documentation test package. This will detail the results of each test process.
I7uring the initial sweep and balance procedure all corroded connecton, amplifiers performing below
manufacturers specifications, cosoded amplifier brackets, corroded passives and damaged cables, and any
equipment or port of the system that is in disrepair or is improperly placed will be repaired or replaced.
Baseband Video Testing at the Aeadend
The baseband video equipment, including the modulators, demodulators and video router, are tested with a
VITS tester to insure compliance with manu£actures specifications. All tests are recorded to become part of
the overall system documentation.
End to End Tes4ng
All standazds in this document aze based upon the testing of each individual leg of the system and the
standalone testing of active components, such as modulators and demodulators. 6Vithin Uurty (30) days
a£ter the completion of construction of the upgrade, a Cinal end to end test will be performed after all
components have been assembled and found to be operational. This test will take place using a VITS tester
ftom up to ten locations within the system. The locations for this final end to end testing will be selected by
the City. The results of this testing will be recorded and referenced as the "typical" end to end performance
for VITS testing for the INET. The Company vril] use a VITS tester to establish standards reflecting those
pazameters listed in the NTG7 specification. This will form the baseline for future testing.
All printout &om this testing process will be entered into the overall system documentation package.
Connecting LinkData Oriented Testing
The following special tests will apply to the connecting link between the City Hall Annex to the Headand:
� The Company shall conduct a technical perfoimance test in the City's presence to demonstrate
continuity on the optical route from the point of origin to termination and compliance with the cable
manufachuer's fiber optic link loss specifications.
• On the data portion of the connecting ]ink, the Company will demonstrate that transmissions will
encounter fewer than ten to the minus eighth (10 "$) unfiltered errors.
1n addiuon, as part of the acceptance testing, the Comgany will demonstrate that the combined networks
used to transmit and receive sig��als are operating and meeting the standards for the Institutional Network
from the user perspective, regardless of the demarcation point. If the testing shows that there is a problem
with the intemal wiriug or equipment for a location that is not the Company's responsibility, the City and
the location will be so notified.
Confirmation by City
City confnmation of the institutional network upgrade shall be based on:
1. documentation developed pursuant to this Section C(Acceptance Testing).
2. the reliahility of the network after completion of the up�ade
3. physical inspection, if the City chooses to perform a physical inspection
Confumation that the Company has satisfied the first test vnll be provided within 60 days after receipt of all
documentation related to the Acceptance Testing set forth herain. Confumation with respect to the
Attachment 2-F-6
Revised Decemher 17, 1997
q�-15S�-
reliability and physical inspection shall be provided within six months, so long as Company cooperates in
any physical inspection and promptly provides proof of reliability on request. Confumation of completion
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
AtTachmern 2-F-7
Revised December 17, 1997
�i'f -IsS �-
Attachment 2-C
Saint Paul Preliminary Construction Schedu[e
Startup Phase
AC�iVi�
5 days after the INET effective
�e, commence initial application for
and site authorization
npfetion of permifs and site authorization
constitute commencement of monthly
struction scheduie set forth herein
Month 1
Activify
Actfvity and Test alf Fiber Equip. in Phase 1
Activate P.S. in Phase 1
Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 1
Rough Balance System in Phase 1
Start Const. of 3 OTN Locaiions in Phase 2
Const. Necessary Coax Run From H. E.
Percentage of System Compfete
14%
Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-1
Revised December 10, ]997
°I�-I��a
Month 2 Month 3
Activity Activity
Compiete OTN Const. in Phase 2 Compieie OTN Const. in Phase 3
Activity and Test afl Fiber Equip. in Phase 2 Activity and Test aIl Fiber Equip. in Phase 3
Activate P.S. in Phase 2 Activate P.S. in Phase 3
Resp4ice Amplifiers in Phase 2 Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 3
Rough Balance System in Phase 2 Rough Balance System in Phase 3
Start Const. of 2 OTN Locations in Phase 3 Start Const. of 3 OTN Locations in Phase 4
Const. Additional Fiber to Node # 9
Percentage of System Complete Percentage of System Complete
36% 49°l0
Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-2
Revised December 10, 1997
�I�-lssa-
Month 4 Mo�th 5
Activity Activity
Complete OTN Const. in Phase 4 Complete Rough Balance System in Phase 4
Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 4 Start Const. of 1 OTN Locations in Phase 6
Activate P.S. in Phase 4 Complete OTN Const. in Phase 6
Resplice Amplifiers in Phase4 Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 6
Start Rough Balance System in Phase 4 Activate P.S. in Phase 5
Start Const. of 1 OTN Locations in Phase 5 Resplice Amplifiers in Phase 5
Complefe OTN Const. in Phase 5 Rough Balance System in Phase 5
Activity and Test all Fiber Equip. in Phase 5 Start Rough Balance System in Phase 6
Start System Acceptance Testing in Phase 1
Start System Acceptance Testing in Phase 5
Percentage of System Complete Percentage of System Complete
65% 80%
Phase Locations:
Phase 1 - Southwest
Phase 2 - South, Southeast
Phase 3 - North
Phase 4 - Northwest
Phase 5 - Downtown
Phase 6 - Northeast
Attachment 2-G-3
Revised December 10, 1997
��-Iss�-
Attachment 2-G-4
Revised December 10, 1997